Manual IBM THINKPAD 760EL - ELD (9547)

IBM Mobile Systems S82G-1503-05
Hardware Maintenance Manual

Volume 3: ThinkPad Computers
March 1997
We Want Your Comments!

(Please see page 611)
This Manual Supports:
ThinkPad 365C/CD (2625)

ThinkPad 365CS/CSD (2625)
ThinkPad 365X/XD (2625)
ThinkPad 380 (2635)
ThinkPad 385 (2635)
ThinkPad 560 (2640)
ThinkPad 760C/CD (9546)
ThinkPad 760E/ED (9546)
ThinkPad 760L/LD (9546)
ThinkPad 760EL/ELD (9547)
ThinkPad 760XL (9546)
ThinkPad 760XD (9547)
SelectaDock (3547)
More user manuals on ManualsBase.com

IBM Mobile Systems S82G-1503-05
Hardware Maintenance Manual

Volume 3: ThinkPad Computers
March 1997
We Want Your Comments!

(Please see page 611)
IBM

Note
Before using this information and the product it
supports, be sure to read the general information
under “Notices” on page 616.
Sixth Edition (March 1997)
The following paragraph does not apply to the United

Kingdom or any country where such provisions are
inconsistent with local law: INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS
PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of
express or implied warranties in certain transactions,
therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This publication could include technical inaccuracies or

typographical errors. Changes are periodically made to
the information herein; these changes will be incorporated
in new editions of the publication. IBM may make
improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the
program(s) described in this publication at any time.
This publication was developed for products and services

offered in the United States of America. IBM may not offer
the products, services, or features discussed in this
document in other countries, and the information is subject
to change without notice. Consult your local IBM
representative for information on the products, services,
and features available in your area.
Requests for technical information about IBM products

should be made to your IBM reseller or IBM marketing
representative.
 Copyright International Business Machines

Corporation 1997. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government users–Documentation related to
Restricted rights–Use, duplication, or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
ii IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

About This Manual
This manual contains service and reference information for
IBM ThinkPad 365, 380, 385, 560, 760, and SelectaDock
products. Use this manual along with the advanced
diagnostic tests to troubleshoot problems effectively.
The manual is divided into sections as follows:

The Introduction section provides general information,
guidelines, and safety information required to service
computers.
The product-specific sections include service,
reference, and product-specific parts information.
The Common Devices Checkout section provides
procedures for testing the devices that are commonly
attached to ThinkPad computers.
The Miscellaneous Information section contains
information about acronyms, abbreviations, terms,
and a telephone number listing.
Important
This manual is intended for trained servicers who are

familiar with ThinkPad products. Use this manual
along with the advanced diagnostic tests to
troubleshoot problems effectively.
Before servicing an IBM mobile product, be sure to

review the safety information under “Safety Notices
(Multi-lingual Translations)” on page 8 and “Safety
Information” on page 15.
iii
Related Publications
The following mobile product publications are available
through IBM or your IBM Authorized Dealer.
Publication Part, Form Number

Mobile Systems HMM 30H2356, S82G-1501-01
Volume 1: Laptop,
Notebook, Portable, and
ThinkPad Computers
(Models L40, CL57, N45,
N51, P70/P75, ThinkPad
300, 350, 500, 510, 710T,
Expansion Unit, Dock I,
Dock II)
Mobile Systems HMM 30H2357, S82G-1502-03
Volume 2: ThinkPad
Computers
(Model 340, 355, 360, 370,
700, 701, 720, 750, 755)
ThinkPad 700 (9552) HMS 42G2016, S42G-2016
ThinkPad 700 (9552) HMR 42G2015, S42G-2015
ThinkPad 700C (9552) HMS 42G2022, S42G-2022
ThinkPad 700C (9552) HMR 42G2021, S42G-2021
ThinkPad 720/720C (9552) 61G1193, S61G-1193
HMS
ThinkPad 720/720C (9552) 61G1187, S61G-1187
HMR
ThinkPad 730T (2524) HMM 82G5497, S82G-5497
ThinkPad Exp. Crtg. (3550) 42G2338, S42G-2338
HMS
ThinkPad Exp. Crtg. (3550) 42G2339, S42G-2339
HMR
PS/2 FaxConcentrator HMS 15F2262, S15F-2262
PS/2 FaxConcentrator HMR 84F8541, S84F-8541
PS/2 Comm. Cartridge I 10G5993, S10G-5993
HMS
PS/2 Comm. Cartridge I 10G5992, S10G-5992
HMR
IBM High Speed Internal, 61G1556, S61G-1556
PCMCIA Data/Fax Modems
iv IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

Related Diskettes
The following diskettes are available through IBM or your
IBM Authorized Dealer.
Diskette Part, Form Number

ThinkPad 300 (2615) 33G9361, S33G-9361
Advanced Diagnostics
Diskette
ThinkPad 350, 350C, 425, A211000, GA21-1000
425C (2618) Advanced
Diagnostics Diskette
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 76H7578, S30H-2498
Diskette
ThinkPad 500 (2603) 71G3702, S71G-3702
Diskette
ThinkPad 510 (2604) 83G8095, S83G-8095
Diskette
ThinkPad 700 (9552) 42G2017, S42G-2017
Reference Diskette
ThinkPad 700C (9552) 42G2023, S42G-2023
Reference Diskette
ThinkPad 720/720C (9552) 61G1194, S61G-1194
Reference Diskette
ThinkPad Hardware 78H5384, S78H-5384
Maintenance Diskette
(for all Models 355, 360,
560, 750, 755, 760)
ThinkPad Dock I (3545) 71G4140, S71G-4140
Docking Station (3550) 42G2428, S42G-2428
Data/Fax Modem 61G1556, S61G-1556
FaxConcentrator/A 84F8540, S84F-8540
v
vi IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Portable Computer Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . 2
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix . . . . . . . 5
Important Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual Translations) . . . . . 8
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Laser Compliance Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Screw Size Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
ThinkPad 365 (2625) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Diagnostic Test Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Using the Diagnostics Test Programs . . . . . . . 54
Product Overview (365C, CD, CS, CSD) . . . . . . 58
Product Overview (365E, ED) . . . . . . . . . . . 59
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . . 60
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Parts Listing 365C, CD, CS, CSD (2625) . . . . . 84
Parts Listing 365E, ED (2625) . . . . . . . . . . . 87
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) . . . . . . . . . . 91

Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Product Overview (365X, 365XD) . . . . . . . . 126
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . 127
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Parts Listing 365X, 365XD (2625) . . . . . . . . 170
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) . . . . . 183

Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Product Overview (380, 380D, 385, 385D) . . . . 215
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Parts Listing 380/385 (2635) . . . . . . . . . . 252
ThinkPad 560 (2640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Product Overview (560) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 vii

Parts Listing 560 (2640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) . . . . . . . . . . 335

Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
LCD Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . 427
LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 29H9226, ASM P/N
29H9029) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
73H6599) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
LCD Unit, 10.4 SVGA (P/N 29H9227) . . . . . . 439
LCD Unit, 10.4 VGA (P/N 46H5355) . . . . . . . 444
LCD Unit, 11.3 DSTN (P/N 39H6232) . . . . . . 449
LCD Unit, 12.1 XGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 82H8496) . . . . . . 460
LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 11J8867, ASM P/N
11J8855) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
46H5723) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Parts Listing 760 (9546, 9547) . . . . . . . . . 483
LCD Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
ThinkPad SelectaDock Docking System . . . . 547

Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
General Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
Running Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Undetermined Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Parts Listing SelectaDock (3547) . . . . . . . . 588
Common Devices Checkout . . . . . . . . . . 591

External Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . 592
External Display Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout 593
Fax/Modem Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Printer Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Port Replicator Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
TrackPoint Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
TV Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Common Parts Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Miscellaneous Information . . . . . . . . . . . 609

Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms . . . . . . . 609
Send Us Your Comments! . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
viii IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

Do You Need Technical References? . . . . . . 612
Problem Determination Tips . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada . . . . . . . . 614
Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Contents ix
x IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3
Introduction
Portable Computer Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . 2
Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix . . . . . . . 5
Important Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 6
How to Use Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . 7
How to Read POST Error Messages . . . . . . 7
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual Translations) . . . . . 8
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
General Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Safety Inspection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Handling Electrostatic Discharge-Sensitive Devices 19
Grounding Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Laser Compliance Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Screw Size Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
 Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 1

Portable Computer Descriptions
Models N51, CL57, and P70/75 and Thinkpads 700x and
720x are Micro Channel systems. All others are AT/ISA
bus systems.
Model Type Processor Memory Hrd Dsk
Model L40SX 8543-044 386SX-20 2M/18M 60M
Model N45 SL 2614-065 386SL-25 2M/8M 80M
2614-067 386SL-25 2M/8M 120M
Model N51 SLC 8551-025 386SLC-16 2M/10M 80M
Model N51 SX 8551-033 386SX-16 2M/10M 40M
Model CL57 SX 8554-045 386SX-20 2M/16M 80M
Model P70 386 8573-031 80386-16 2M/8M 30M
8573-061 80386-20 2M/8M 60M
8573-121 80386-20 2M/8M 120M
Model P75 486 8573-161 80486-33 8M/16M 160M
8573-401 80486-33 8M/16M 400M
ThinkPad 300 2615-065 386SL-25 4M/12M 80M
2615-067 386SL-25 4M/12M 120M
ThinkPad 340 2610 486SLC2-50/25 4M/12M 125M
ThinkPad 340CSE 2610 486SLC2-50/25 4M/12M 200M
ThinkPad 340CSE 2610 486SLC2-66/33 4M/12M 360M
ThinkPad 345 2610 486DX4-75 4M/20M 360M
ThinkPad 345CS 2610 DX4-75 4M/20M 540M
ThinkPad 350 2618-AOE 486SL-25 4M/20M 85M
2618-JOA 486SL-25 4M/20M 125M
2618-LOA 486SL-25 4M/20M 250M
ThinkPad 350C 2618-NOA 486SL-25 4M/20M 125M
2618-POA 486SL-25 4M/20M 250M
ThinkPad 355 2619 486SX-33 4M/16M 125M
ThinkPad 355C 2619 486SX-33 4M/16M 125M
2619 486SX-33 4M/16M 250M
ThinkPad 355Cs 2619 486SX-33 2M/16M 170M
2619 486SX-33 2M/16M 250M
ThinkPad 360 2620 486SX-33 4M/16M 170M
2620 486SX-33 4M/16M 340M
ThinkPad 360C 2620 486SX-33 4M/16M 170M
2620 486SX-33 4M/16M 340M
ThinkPad 360Cs 2620 486SX-33 4M/16M 170M
2620 486SX-33 4M/16M 340M
ThinkPad 360Ce 2620 486DX2-50/25 4M/16M 170M
2620 486DX2-50/25 4M/16M 340M
2620 486DX2-50/25 4M/16M 540M
ThinkPad 360Cse 2620 486DX2-50/25 4M/16M 170M
2620 486DX2-50/25 4M/16M 340M
2620 486DX2-50/25 4M/16M 540M
ThinkPad 360P 2620 486SX-33 4M/16M 170M
2620 486SX-33 4M/16M 340M
ThinkPad 365C 2625-205 486DX4-75 8M/24M 340M
2625-x05 486DX4-75 8M/24M 540M
ThinkPad 365E 2625 5x86-100/33 8M/24M 540M
ThinkPad 365ED 2625 5x86-100/33 8M/24M 540M
ThinkPad 365X/XD 2625 Pentium-100 8M/24M 540M
2625 Pentium-100 8M/24M 810M
2625 Pentium-100 8M/24M 1.0G
2625 Pentium-120 8M/24M 810M
2625 Pentium-120 8M/24M 1.0G
2625 Pentium-133 8M/40M 1.0G
2625 Pentium-133 8M/40M 1.3G
ThinkPad 370C 9545 486DX4-75/25 4M/32M 340M
9545 486DX4-75/25 4M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-75/33 4M/32M 810M
C Color T Tablet
M Megabyte TPF ThinkPad File
P Pen
2 IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

ThinkPad 380 2635 Pentium-150 16M/48M 1.08G
2635 Pentium-150 16M/48M 1.35G
2635 Pentium-150 16M/48M 2.10G
ThinkPad 385 2635 Pentium-150 16M/48M 1.08G
2635 Pentium-150 16M/48M 1.35G
2635 Pentium-150 16M/48M 2.10G
ThinkPad 500 2603-081 486SLC2-50/25 4M/12M 80M
2603-171 486SLC2-50/25 4M/12M 170M
ThinkPad 560 2640 Pentium-100 8M/40M 540M
2640 Pentium-100 8M/40M 810M
2640 Pentium-100 8M/40M 1.0G
2640 Pentium-120 8M/40M 810M
2640 Pentium-120 8M/40M 1.0G
2640 Pentium-130 8M/40M 810M
2640 Pentium-130 8M/40M 1.0G
ThinkPad 700 9552-300 486SLC-25 4M/16M 80M
9552-301 486SLC-25 4M/16M 120M
ThinkPad 700C 9552-30B 486SLC-25 4M/16M 120M
ThinkPad 701C 2630 486DX2-25/50 4M/32M 360MB
2630 486DX2-25/50 4M/32M 540MB
2630 486DX4-25/75 8M/32M 360MB
2630 486DX4-25/75 8M/32M 540MB
ThinkPad 701Cs 2630 486DX2-25/50 4M/32M 360MB
2630 486DX2-25/50 4M/32M 540MB
2630 486DX4-25/75 8M/32M 360MB
2630 486DX4-25/75 8M/32M 540MB
ThinkPad 710T 2523-09Y 486SLC2-25 4M/12M TPF
2523-302 486SLC2-25 4M/12M 60M
2523-303 486SLC2-25 4M/12M 60M
ThinkPad 720 9552-307 486SLC-25/50 4M/16M 120M
9552-308 486SLC-25/50 4M/16M 160M
ThinkPad 720C 9552-30J 486SLC-25/50 4M/16M 160M
ThinkPad 730T 2524 486SLC2-25 4M/12M 0M
2524 486SLC2-25 4M/12M 60M
ThinkPad 750 9545-006 486SL-33 4M/20M 170M
9545-008 486SL-33 4M/20M 340M
ThinkPad 750C 9545-306 486SL-33 4M/20M 170M
9545-308 486SL-33 4M/20M 340M
ThinkPad 750Ce 9545 P24S-50/25 4M/20M 340M
ThinkPad 750Cs 9545 486SL-33 4M/20M 170M
9545 486SL-33 4M/20M 340M
ThinkPad 750P 9545-40C 486SL-33 4M/20M 170M
9545-40E 486SL-33 4M/20M 340M
ThinkPad 755C 9545 486DX4-50/25 4M/32M 170M
9545 486DX4-50/25 4M/32M 340M
9545 486DX4-50/25 4M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-75/25 4M/32M 170M
9545 486DX4-75/25 4M/32M 340M
9545 486DX4-75/25 4M/32M 540M
ThinkPad 755CD 9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 810M
ThinkPad 755CDV 9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 810M
ThinkPad 755Ce 9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 340M
9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 810M
ThinkPad 755Cs 9545 486DX4-50/25 8M/32M 170M
9545 486DX4-50/25 8M/32M 340M
9545 486DX4-50/25 8M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-75/25 8M/32M 170M
9545 486DX4-75/25 8M/32M 340M
9545 486DX4-75/25 8M/32M 540M
ThinkPad 755Cse 9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 340M
9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 810M
C Color T Tablet
P Pen
Introduction 3
ThinkPad 755CV 9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 810M
ThinkPad 755CV 9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 540M
9545 486DX4-100/33 8M/32M 810M
ThinkPad 760C/CD 9546 Pentium-90 8M/40M 360M
9546 Pentium-120 8M/40M 720M
9546 Pentium-90 8M/40M 810M
9546 Pentium-120 8M/40M 1.2G
ThinkPad 760E/ED 9546 Pentium-120 8M/80M 810M
9546 Pentium-133 8M/80M 1.0G
9546 Pentium-150 8M/80M 1.2G
9546 Pentium-166 8M/80M 1.3G
9546 Pentium-166 8M/80M 2.1G
ThinkPad 760EL/ELD 9547 Pentium-100 8M/80M 810M
9547 Pentium-100 8M/80M 1.0G
9547 Pentium-100 8M/80M 1.2G
9547 Pentium-120 8M/80M 810M
9547 Pentium-120 8M/80M 1.0G
9547 Pentium-120 8M/80M 1.2G
9547 Pentium-133 8M/80M 810M
9547 Pentium-133 8M/80M 1.0G
9547 Pentium-133 8M/80M 1.2G
ThinkPad 760L/LD 9547 Pentium-90 8M/40M 810M
9547 Pentium-90 8M/40M 1.1G
9547 Pentium-90 8M/40M 1.2G
9547 Pentium-120 8M/40M 810M
9547 Pentium-120 8M/40M 1.1G
9547 Pentium-120 8M/40M 1.2G
ThinkPad 760X 9546 Pentium-150 32M/80M 3.0G
ThinkPad 760XD 9546 Pentium-166 32M/80M 3.0G
ThinkPad 760XL 9547 Pentium-166 16M/80M 2.1G
9547 Pentium-166 16M/80M 3.0G
C Color T Tablet
P Pen

Drive and Diskette Compatibility Matrix
The following table provides identification information for
3.5-inch drives.
Diskette Identifying
Drive Mark
3.5-Inch - 1.44MB 1.44 on the eject button
3.5-Inch - 2.88MB 2.88 on the eject button
The following table provides compatibility information for

3.5-inch diskettes and 3.5-inch diskette drives.
Diskette 1.44MB 2.88MB

Capacity Drive Drive
1.0MB Read/Write Read/Write
2.0MB Read/Write Read/Write
4.0MB Not Compatible Read/Write
The following table provides identification information for

5.25-inch diskette drives.
Diskette Identifying
Drive Mark
5.25-Inch - 360KB (External) Asterisk on bezel
5.25-Inch - 1.2MB (Internal) 1.2 on the eject button
The following table provides compatibility information for

5.25-inch diskettes and 5.25-inch diskette drives.
Diskette 360KB 1.2MB

Capacity Drive Drive
360KB Read/Write Read/Write
1.2MB Not Compatible Read/Write
Note: A 360KB diskette written to or formatted on a

1.2MB drive can be read reliably only on a 1.2MB
drive.
Introduction 5
Important Service Information
Important
Diskette fixes are customer installable. The diskette

fixes are located on the PC Company Bulletin Board
Service (BBS). The direct phone line for modem
connection is 919-557-0001 or tieline 255-0001.
Advise customers to contact the PC Company

HelpCenter at 800-772-2227 if they need assistance in
obtaining or installing any diskette fixes.
Customers in Canada should call IBM HelpPC at

800-565-3344 for assistance or down-load information.
The Canadian BBS phone numbers are:
Montreal 514-938-3022
Toronto 905-316-4255
Vancouver 604-664-6464
Winnipeg 204-934-2735
FRU Replacement Strategy

Before Replacing Parts
Ensure that all diskette fixes are installed prior to

replacing any FRUs listed in this manual.
Use the following strategy to prevent unnecessary FRU

replacement and service expense:
If you are instructed to replace a FRU and that
does not correct the problem, reinstall the original
FRU before you continue.
Some computers have both a processor board and a
system board. If you are instructed to replace either
the processor board or the system board, and the first
board that you replaced does not correct the problem,
reinstall the original board, then replace the other
(processor or system) board.
If an adapter or device consists of more than one
FRU, an error code may be caused by any of the
FRUs. Before replacing the adapter or device,
remove the FRUs, one by one, to see if the
symptoms change. Replace only the FRU that
changed the symptoms.
Attention
A customized setup configuration (other than default
settings) may exist on the computer you are servicing.
Running Automatic Configuration may alter those
settings. Note the current configuration settings (using
the View Configuration option) and verify that the
settings are in place when service is complete.

The advanced diagnostic tests are intended to test only
IBM products. Non-IBM products or modified options can
give false errors and invalid responses.
Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy:

Always try to run a low-level format before replacing a hard
disk drive.
Attention
The drive startup sequence in the computer you are
servicing might have been changed. Be extremely
careful during write operations such as copying,
saving, or formatting. Data or programs can be
overwritten if you select an incorrect drive.
How to Use Error Messages

Use the error codes displayed on the screen to diagnose
failures. If more than one error code is displayed, begin
the diagnosis with the first error code. The cause of the
first error code can result in false error codes being
displayed. If no error code is displayed, see if the error
symptom is listed in the Symptom-to-FRU Index for the
computer you are servicing.
How to Read POST Error Messages

POST error messages are displayed on the screen as
three, four, five, or eight digits. The error messages that
can be displayed as shorter POST messages are
highlighted in this index. Some digits will represent
different information for SCSI errors versus non-SCSI
errors.
The following example shows which digits display the

shorter POST error messages and also defines the SCSI
information in an eight-digit error message.
Shorter POST Messages
┌────┬────┬────┬────┐
│ │ │ │ │
┌────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┬────┐
│ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │ ð │
└────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┴────┘
│ │ │ │ │ │ │ │
Reserved │ │ │ │ │ │ Size (SCSI)
└────┴────┘ │ │ Slot Number (SCSI)
Device Code │ Logical Unit Number (SCSI)
ID (SCSI)
All SCSI devices are set to a different SCSI ID.

Duplicate SCSI ID settings can generate a false error
message. Use the SCSI ID to determine whether the error
message is coming from an internal or an external device.
Introduction 7
Safety Notices (Multi-lingual
Translations)
In this manual, safety notices appear in English with a
page number reference to the appropriate multi-lingual,
translated safety notice found in this section.
The following safety notices are provided in English,

French, German, Italian, and Spanish languages.
Safety Notice 1
Before the computer is powered-on after FRU

replacement, make sure all screws, springs, or other
small parts are in place and are not left loose inside
the computer. Verify this by shaking the computer
and listening for rattling sounds. Metallic parts or
metal flakes can cause electrical shorts.
Avant de remettre l'ordinateur sous tension après

remplacement d'une unité en clientèle, vérifiez que
tous les ressorts, vis et autres pièces sont bien en
place et bien fixées. Pour ce faire, secouez l'unité et
assurez-vous qu'aucun bruit suspect ne se produit.
Des pièces métalliques ou des copeaux de métal
pourraient causer un court-circuit.
Bevor nach einem FRU-Austausch der Computer

wieder angeschlossen wird, muß sichergestellt
werden, daß keine Schrauben, Federn oder andere
Kleinteile fehlen oder im Gehäuse vergessen wurden.
Der Computer muß geschüttelt und auf
Klappergeräusche geprüft werden. Metallteile oder
-splitter können Kurzschlüsse erzeugen.
Prima di accendere l'elaboratore dopo che é stata

effettuata la sostituzione di una FRU, accertarsi che
tutte le viti, le molle e tutte le altri parti di piccole
dimensioni siano nella corretta posizione e non siano
sparse all'interno dell'elaboratore. Verificare ciò
scuotendo l'elaboratore e prestando attenzione ad
eventuali rumori; eventuali parti o pezzetti metallici
possono provocare cortocircuiti pericolosi.
Antes de encender el sistema despues de sustituir

una FRU, compruebe que todos los tornillos, muelles
y demás piezas pequeñas se encuentran en su sitio y
no se encuentran sueltas dentro del sistema.
Compruébelo agitando el sistema y escuchando los
posibles ruidos que provocarían. Las piezas metálicas
pueden causar cortocircuitos eléctricos.

Safety Notice 2
Some standby batteries contain a small amount of

nickel and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge
it, throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose
of the battery as required by local ordinances or
regulations. Use only the battery in the appropriate
parts listing. Use of an incorrect battery can result in
ignition or explosion of the battery.
Certaines batteries de secours contiennent du nickel

et du cadmium. Ne les démontez pas, ne les
rechargez pas, ne les exposez ni au feu ni à l'eau.
Ne les mettez pas en court-circuit. Pour les mettre au
rebut, conformez-vous à la réglementation en vigueur.
Lorsque vous remplacez la pile de sauvegarde ou
celle de l'horloge temps réel, veillez à n'utiliser que les
modèles cités dans la liste de pièces détachées
adéquate. Une batterie ou une pile inappropriée
risque de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Die Bereitschaftsbatterie, die sich unter dem

Diskettenlaufwerk befindet, kann geringe Mengen
Nickel und Cadmium enthalten. Sie darf nur durch die
Verkaufsstelle oder den IBM Kundendienst
ausgetauscht werden. Sie darf nicht zerlegt,
wiederaufgeladen, kurzgeschlossen, oder Feuer oder
Wasser ausgesetzt werden. Die Batterie kann
schwere Verbrennungen oder Verätzungen
verursachen. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Beim
Ersetzen der Bereitschafts- oder Systembatterie nur
Batterien des Typs verwenden, der in der
Ersatzteilliste aufgeführt ist. Der Einsatz falscher
Batterien kann zu Entzündung oder Explosion führen.
Alcune batterie di riserva contengono una piccola

quantità di nichel e cadmio. Non smontarle, ricaricarle,
gettarle nel fuoco o nell'acqua né cortocircuitarle.
Smaltirle secondo la normativa in vigore (DPR 915/82,
successive disposizioni e disposizioni locali). Quando
si sostituisce la batteria dell'RTC (real time clock) o la
batteria di supporto, utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti
nell'appropriato Catalogo parti. L'impiego di una
batteria non adatta potrebbe determinare l'incendio o
l'esplosione della batteria stessa.
Algunas baterías de reserva contienen una pequeña

cantidad de níquel y cadmio. No las desmonte, ni
recargue, ni las eche al fuego o al agua ni las
cortocircuite. Deséchelas tal como dispone la
normativa local. Utilice sólo baterías que se
encuentren en la lista de piezas. La utilización de una
batería no apropiada puede provocar la ignición o
explosión de la misma.
Introduction 9
Safety Notice 3
The battery pack contains small amounts of nickel.

Do not disassemble it, throw it into fire or water, or
short-circuit it. Dispose of the battery pack as
required by local ordinances or regulations. Use only
the battery in the appropriate parts listing when
replacing the battery pack. Use of an incorrect battery
can result in ignition or explosion of the battery.
La batterie contient du nickel. Ne la démontez pas,

ne l'exposez ni au feu ni à l'eau. Ne la mettez pas en
court-circuit. Pour la mettre au rebut, conformez-vous
à la réglementation en vigueur. Lorsque vous
remplacez la batterie, veillez à n'utiliser que les
modèles cités dans la liste de pièces détachées
adéquate. En effet, une batterie inappropriée risque
de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Akkus enthalten geringe Mengen von Nickel. Sie

dürfen nicht zerlegt, wiederaufgeladen,
kurzgeschlossen, oder Feuer oder Wasser ausgesetzt
werden. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Ersetzen der Batterie nur Batterien des Typs
verwenden, der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgeführt ist.
Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzündung
oder Explosion führen.
La batteria contiene piccole quantità di nichel. Non

smontarla, gettarla nel fuoco o nell'acqua né
cortocircuitarla. Smaltirla secondo la normativa in
vigore (DPR 915/82, successive disposizioni e
disposizioni locali). Quando si sostituisce la batteria,
utilizzare soltanto i tipi inseriti nell'appropriato
Catalogo parti. L'impiego di una batteria non adatta
potrebbe determinare l'incendio o l'esplosione della
batteria stessa.
Las baterías contienen pequeñas cantidades de

níquel. No las desmonte, ni recargue, ni las eche al
fuego o al agua ni las cortocircuite. Deséchelas tal
como dispone la normativa local. Utilice sólo baterías
que se encuentren en la lista de piezas al sustituir la
batería. La utilización de una batería no apropiada
puede provocar la ignición o explosión de la misma.

Safety Notice 4
The lithium battery can cause a fire, explosion, or

severe burn. Do not recharge it, remove its polarized
connector, disassemble it, heat it above 100°C
(212°F), incinerate it, or expose its cell contents to
water. Dispose of the battery as required by local
ordinances or regulations. Use only the battery in the
appropriate parts listing. Use of an incorrect battery
La pile de sauvegarde contient du lithium. Elle

présente des risques d'incendie, d'explosion ou de
brûlures graves. Ne la rechargez pas, ne retirez pas
son connecteur polarisé et ne la démontez pas. Ne
l'exposez pas à une temperature supérieure à 100°C,
ne la faites pas brûler et n'en exposez pas le contenu
à l'eau. Mettez la pile au rebut conformément à la
réglementation en vigueur. Une pile inappropriée
risque de prendre feu ou d'exploser.
Die Systembatterie ist eine Lithiumbatterie. Sie kann

sich entzünden, explodieren oder schwere
Verbrennungen hervorrufen. Batterien dieses Typs
dürfen nicht aufgeladen, zerlegt, über 100 C erhitzt
oder verbrannt werden. Auch darf ihr Inhalt nicht mit
Wasser in Verbindung gebracht oder der zur richtigen
Polung angebrachte Verbindungsstecker entfernt
werden. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Ersetzen der Batterie nur Batterien des Typs
verwenden, der in der Ersatzteilliste aufgeführt ist.
Der Einsatz falscher Batterien kann zu Entzündung
oder Explosion führen.
La batteria di supporto e una batteria al litio e puo

incendiarsi, esplodere o procurare gravi ustioni.
Evitare di ricaricarla, smontarne il connettore
polarizzato, smontarla, riscaldarla ad una temperatura
superiore ai 100 gradi centigradi, incendiarla o gettarla
in acqua. Smaltirla secondo la normativa in vigore
(DPR 915/82, successive disposizioni e disposizioni
locali). L'impiego di una batteria non adatta potrebbe
determinare l'incendio o l'esplosione della batteria
stessa.
La bateria de repuesto es una bateria de litio y puede

provocar incendios, explosiones o quemaduras
graves. No la recargue, ni quite el conector
polarizado, ni la desmonte, ni caliente por encima de
los 100°C (212°F), ni la incinere ni exponga el
contenido de sus celdas al agua. Deséchela tal como
dispone la normativa local.
Introduction 11
Safety Notice 5
If the LCD breaks and the fluid from inside the LCD
gets into your eyes or on your hands, immediately
wash the affected areas with water for at least 15
minutes. Seek medical care if any symptoms from the
fluid are present after washing.
Si le panneau d'affichage à cristaux liquides se brise

et que vous recevez dans les yeux ou sur les mains
une partie du fluide, rincez-les abondamment pendant
au moins quinze minutes. Consultez un médecin si
des symptômes persistent après le lavage.
Die Leuchtstoffröhre im LCD-Bildschirm enthält

Quecksilber. Bei der Entsorgung die örtlichen
Bestimmungen für Sondermüll beachten. Der
LCD-Bildschirm besteht aus Glas und kann
zerbrechen, wenn er unsachgemäß behandelt wird
oder der Computer auf den Boden fällt. Wenn der
Bildschirm beschädigt ist und die darin befindliche
Flüssigkeit in Kontakt mit Haut und Augen gerät,
sollten die betroffenen Stellen mindestens 15 Minuten
mit Wasser abgespült und bei Beschwerden
anschließend ein Arzt aufgesucht werden.
Nel caso che caso l'LCD si dovesse rompere ed il

liquido in esso contenuto entrasse in contatto con gli
occhi o le mani, lavare immediatamente le parti
interessate con acqua corrente per almeno 15 minuti;
poi consultare un medico se i sintomi dovessero
permanere.
Si la LCD se rompe y el fluido de su interior entra en

contacto con sus ojos o sus manos, lave
inmediatamente las áreas afectadas con agua durante
15 minutos como mínimo. Obtenga atención medica
si se presenta algún síntoma del fluido despues de
lavarse.

Safety Notice 6
To avoid shock, do not remove the plastic cover that

surrounds the lower portion of the inverter card.
Afin d'éviter tout risque de choc électrique, ne retirez

pas le cache en plastique protégeant la partie
inférieure de la carte d'alimentation.
Aus Sicherheitsgründen die Kunststoffabdeckung, die

den unteren Teil der Spannungswandlerplatine umgibt,
nicht entfernen.
Per evitare scosse elettriche, non rimuovere la

copertura in plastica che avvolge la parte inferiore
della scheda invertitore.
Para evitar descargas, no quite la cubierta de plástico

que rodea la parte baja de la tarjeta invertida.
Safety Notice 7
Though main batteries have low voltage, a shorted or

grounded battery can produce enough current to burn
combustible materials or personnel.
Bien que le voltage des batteries principales soit peu

élevé, le court-circuit ou la mise à la masse d'une
batterie peut produire suffisamment de courant pour
brûler des matériaux combustibles ou causer des
brûlures corporelles graves.
Obwohl Hauptbatterien eine niedrige Spannung

haben, können sie doch bei Kurzschluß oder Erdung
genug Strom abgeben, um brennbare Materialien zu
entzünden oder Verletzungen bei Personen
hervorzurufen.
Sebbene le batterie di alimentazione siano a basso

voltaggio, una batteria in corto circuito o a massa può
fornire corrente sufficiente da bruciare materiali
combustibili o provocare ustioni ai tecnici di
manutenzione.
Aunque las baterías principales tienen un voltaje bajo,

una batería cortocircuitada o con contacto a tierra
puede producir la corriente suficiente como para
quemar material combustible o provocar quemaduras
en el personal.
Introduction 13
Safety Notice 8
Before removing any FRU, power-off the computer,

unplug all power cords from electrical outlets, remove
the battery pack, then disconnect any interconnecting
cables.
Avant de retirer une unité remplaçable en clientèle,

mettez le système hors tension, débranchez tous les
cordons d'alimentation des socles de prise de courant,
retirez la batterie et déconnectez tous les cordons
d'interface.
Die Stromzufuhr muß abgeschaltet, alle Stromkabel

aus der Steckdose gezogen, der Akku entfernt und
alle Verbindungskabel abgenommen sein, bevor eine
FRU entfernt wird.
Prima di rimuovere qualsiasi FRU, spegnere il

sistema, scollegare dalle prese elettriche tutti i cavi di
alimentazione, rimuovere la batteria e poi scollegare i
cavi di interconnessione.
Antes de quitar una FRU, apague el sistema,

desenchufe todos los cables de las tomas de corriente
eléctrica, quite la batería y, a continuación,
desconecte cualquier cable de conexión entre
dispositivos.

Safety Information
The following section contains the safety information that
you need to be familiar with before servicing an IBM
mobile computer.
General Safety
Follow these rules to ensure general safety:
Observe good housekeeping in the area of the
machines during and after maintenance.
When lifting any heavy object:
1. Ensure you can stand safely without slipping.
2. Distribute the weight of the object equally
between your feet.
3. Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly
or twist when you attempt to lift.
4. Lift by standing or by pushing up with your leg
muscles; this action removes the strain from the
muscles in your back. Do not attempt to lift any
objects that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb) or
objects that you think are too heavy for you.
Do not perform any action that causes hazards to the
customer, or that makes the equipment unsafe.
Before you start the machine, ensure that other
service representatives and the customer's personnel
are not in a hazardous position.
Place removed covers and other parts in a safe
place, away from all personnel, while you are
servicing the machine.
Keep your tool case away from walk areas so that
other people will not trip over it.
Do not wear loose clothing that can be trapped in the
moving parts of a machine. Ensure that your sleeves
are fastened or rolled up above your elbows. If your
hair is long, fasten it.
Insert the ends of your necktie or scarf inside clothing
or fasten it with a nonconductive clip, approximately 8
centimeters (3 inches) from the end.
Do not wear jewelry, chains, metal-frame eyeglasses,
or metal fasteners for your clothing.
Attention: Metal objects are good electrical
conductors.
Wear safety glasses when you are: hammering,
drilling soldering, cutting wire, attaching springs, using
solvents, or working in any other conditions that might
be hazardous to your eyes.
After service, reinstall all safety shields, guards,
labels, and ground wires. Replace any safety device
that is worn or defective.
Reinstall all covers correctly before returning the
machine to the customer.
Introduction 15
Electrical Safety
Observe the following rules when working on electrical
equipment.
Important
Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some

hand tools have handles covered with a soft material
that does not insulate you when working with live
electrical currents.
Many customers have, near their equipment, rubber

floor mats that contain small conductive fibers to
decrease electrostatic discharges. Do not use this
type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.
Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,

disconnecting switch, or electrical outlet. If an
electrical accident occurs, you can then operate the
switch or unplug the power cord quickly.
Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or
near equipment that has hazardous voltages.
Disconnect all power before:
– Performing a mechanical inspection
– Working near power supplies
– Removing or installing main units
Before you start to work on the machine, unplug the
power cord. If you cannot unplug it, ask the customer
to power-off the wall box that supplies power to the
machine and to lock the wall box in the off position.
If you need to work on a machine that has exposed
electrical circuits, observe the following precautions:
– Ensure that another person, familiar with the
power-off controls, is near you.
Attention: Another person must be there to
switch off the power, if necessary.
– Use only one hand when working with
powered-on electrical equipment; keep the other
hand in your pocket or behind your back.
Attention: There must be a complete circuit to
cause electrical shock. By observing the above
rule, you may prevent a current from passing
through your body.
– When using testers, set the controls correctly
and use the approved probe leads and
accessories for that tester.
– Stand on suitable rubber mats (obtained locally,
if necessary) to insulate you from grounds such
as metal floor strips and machine frames.
Observe the special safety precautions when you
work with very high voltages; these instructions are in
the safety sections of maintenance information. Use
extreme care when measuring high voltages.

Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand
tools for safe operational condition.
Do not use worn or broken tools and testers.
Never assume that power has been disconnected
from a circuit. First, check that it has been
powered-off.
Always look carefully for possible hazards in your
work area. Examples of these hazards are moist
floors, nongrounded power extension cables, power
surges, and missing safety grounds.
Do not touch live electrical circuits with the reflective
surface of a plastic dental mirror. The surface is
conductive; such touching can cause personal injury
and machine damage.
Do not service the following parts with the power on
when they are removed from their normal operating
places in a machine:
– Power supply units
– Pumps
– Blowers and fans
– Motor generators
and similar units. (This practice ensures correct
grounding of the units.)
If an electrical accident occurs:
– Use caution; do not become a victim
yourself.
– Switch off power.
– Send another person to get medical aid.
Safety Inspection Guide

The intent of this inspection guide is to assist you in
identifying potentially unsafe conditions on these products.
Each machine, as it was designed and built, had required
safety items installed to protect users and service
personnel from injury. This guide addresses only those
items. However, good judgment should be used to identify
potential safety hazards due to attachment of non-IBM
features or options not covered by this inspection guide.
If any unsafe conditions are present, you must determine

how serious the apparent hazard could be and whether
you can continue without first correcting the problem.
Consider these conditions and the safety hazards they

present:
Electrical hazards, especially primary power (primary
voltage on the frame can cause serious or fatal
electrical shock).
Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or
bulging capacitor
Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing
hardware
Introduction 17
The guide consists of a series of steps presented in a
checklist. Begin the checks with the power off, and the
power cord disconnected.
Checklist:
1. Check exterior covers for damage (loose, broken, or
sharp edges).
2. Power-off the computer. Disconnect the power cord.
3. Check the power cord for:
a. A third-wire ground connector in good condition.
Use a meter to measure third-wire ground
continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between the
external ground pin and frame ground.
b. The power cord should be the appropriate type
as specified in the parts listings.
c. Insulation must not be frayed or worn.
4. Remove the cover.
5. Check for any obvious non-IBM alterations. Use
good judgment as to the safety of any non-IBM
alterations.
6. Check inside the unit for any obvious unsafe
conditions, such as metal filings, contamination, water
or other liquids, or signs of fire or smoke damage.
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.
8. Check that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws
or rivets) have not been removed or tampered with.

Handling Electrostatic
Discharge-Sensitive Devices
Any computer part containing transistors or integrated
circuits (ICs) should be considered sensitive to electrostatic
discharge (ESD). ESD damage can occur when there is a
difference in charge between objects. Protect against ESD
damage by equalizing the charge so that the machine, the
part, the work mat, and the person handling the part are all
at the same charge.
Notes
1. Use product-specific ESD procedures when they
exceed the requirements noted here.
2. Make sure that the ESD protective devices you
use have been certified (ISO 9000) as fully
effective.
When handling ESD-sensitive parts:

Keep the parts in protective packages until they are
inserted into the product.
Avoid contact with other people.
Wear a grounded wrist strap against your skin to
eliminate static on your body.
Prevent the part from touching your clothing. Most
clothing is insulative and retains a charge even when
you are wearing a wrist strap.
Use the black side of a grounded work mat to provide
a static-free work surface. The mat is especially
useful when handling ESD-sensitive devices.
Select a grounding system, such as those listed
below, to provide protection that meets the specific
service requirement.
Note
The use of a grounding system is desirable but
not required to protect against ESD damage.
– Attach the ESD ground clip to any frame ground,

ground braid, or green-wire ground.
– Use an ESD common ground or reference point
when working on a double-insulated or
battery-operated system. You can use coax or
connector-outside shells on these systems.
– Use the round ground-prong of the AC plug on
AC-operated computers.
Grounding Requirements
Electrical grounding of the computer is required for
operator safety and correct system function. Proper
grounding of the electrical outlet can be verified by a
certified electrician.
Introduction 19
Laser Compliance Statement
Some IBM Personal Computer models are equipped from
the factory with a CD-ROM drive. CD-ROM drives are
also sold separately as options. The CD-ROM drive is a
laser product. The CD-ROM drive is certified in the U.S. to
conform to the requirements of the Department of Health
and Human Services 21 Code of Federal Regulations
(DHHS 21 CFR) Subchapter J for Class 1 laser products.
Elsewhere, the drive is certified to conform to the
requirements of the International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) 825 and CENELEC EN 60 825 for
Class 1 laser products.
When a CD-ROM drive is installed, note the following.
CAUTION:
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of

procedures other than those specified herein might
result in hazardous radiation exposure.
O uso de controles, ajustes ou desempenho de

procedimentos diferentes daqueles aqui especificados
pode resultar em perigosa exposição à radiação.
Pour éviter tout risque d'exposition au rayon laser,

respectez les consignes de réglage et d'utilisation des
commandes, ainsi que les procédures décrites.
Werden Steuer- und Einstellelemente anders als hier

festgesetzt verwendet, kann gefährliche
Laserstrahlung auftreten.
L'utilizzo di controlli, regolazioni o l'esecuzione di

procedure diverse da quelle specificate possono
provocare l'esposizione a
El uso de controles o ajustes o la ejecución de

procedimientos distintos de los aquí especificados

puede provocar la exposición a radiaciones
peligrosas.
Opening the CD-ROM drive could result in exposure to

hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts
inside the CD-ROM drive. Do not open.
Some CD-ROM drives contain an embedded Class 3A or

Class 3B laser diode. Note the following.
DANGER:
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the

beam, do not view directly with optical instruments,
and avoid direct exposure to the beam.
Radiação por raio laser ao abrir. Não olhe fixo no feixe

de luz, não olhe diretamente por meio de instrumentos
óticos e evite exposição direta com o feixe de luz.
Rayonnement laser si carter ouvert. Évitez de fixer le

faisceau, de le regarder directement avec des
instruments optiques, ou de vous exposer au rayon.
Laserstrahlung bei geöffnetem Gerät. Nicht direkt oder

über optische Instrumente in den Laserstrahl sehen
und den Strahlungsbereich meiden.
Kinyitáskor lézersugár ! Ne nézzen bele se szabad

szemmel, se optikai eszközökkel. Kerülje a
sugárnyalábbal való érintkezést !
Aprendo l'unità vengono emesse radiazioni laser. Non

fissare il fascio, non guardarlo direttamente con
strumenti ottici e evitare l'esposizione diretta al fascio.
Radiación láser al abrir. No mire fijamente ni examine

con instrumental óptico el haz de luz. Evite la
exposición directa al haz.
Introduction 21
Screw Size Chart
Use the chart below to match the size and shape of the
screws used in the computer you are servicing.
A Silver
B Black
C Silver
D Brass
E Black
F Black
G Black
H Brass
J Silver
K Brass
L Silver
M Silver
N Silver
P Black
Q Brass

Screw Size Chart (continued): Use the chart below
to match the size and shape of the screws used in the
R Brass
S Black
T Brass
U Black
V Brass
W Black
X Black
Y Brass
Z Brass
AA Black
BB Brass
CC Brass
DD Black
EE Black
FF Silver
Introduction 23
Screw Size Chart (continued): Use the chart below
to match the size and shape of the screws used in the
GG Silver
HH Brass
JJ Silver
KK Black
LL Brass
MM Brass
NN Silver
PP Brass
QQ Brass
RR Brass
SS Brass
TT Black
UU Black
WW Silver
XX Black

ThinkPad 365 (2625)
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
What to Do First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
General Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . . 33
TrackPoint III Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Audio Card Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Diskette Drive Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Power Systems Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Power Management Features . . . . . . . . . 38
Setup Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Symptom-to-FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
LCD Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Keyboard/TrackPoint Related Symptoms . . . . 47
Indicator Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 47
Power Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Audio Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms . . . . . . 48
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Intermittent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Undetermined Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Related Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
System Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
I/O Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
How to Run Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Diagnostic Test Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Return Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Using the Diagnostics Test Programs . . . . . . . 54
Viewing the Test Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Stopping the Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
System Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . 57
External Keyboard Key Combinations . . . . . . 57
Product Overview (365C, CD, CS, CSD) . . . . . . 58
Product Overview (365E, ED) . . . . . . . . . . . 59
FRU Removals and Replacements . . . . . . . . . 60
1010 Rear Connector Door . . . . . . . . . . 61
1015 Foot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1020 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1030 SO-DIMM/Memory Board . . . . . . . . 63
1040 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
1050 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1055 Mylar Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
1060 Processor Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1065 LCD Inverter Card . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
1068 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
1070 LCD Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
1080 Sound Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

1090 CD-ROM Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1100 Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
1110 DC/DC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
1120 Keyboard Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1130 LED/IR Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1140 System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
1150 PCMCIA Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
System Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
System Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
System Board Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . 83
Memory Board Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . 83
Parts Listing 365C, CD, CS, CSD (2625) . . . . . 84
Parts Listing 365E, ED (2625) . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Read This First
This hardware maintenance manual contains information
for the IBM ThinkPad 365 computer.
Be extremely careful during write operations such
as copying, saving, or formatting. Drives in the
computer that you are servicing might have been
rearranged or the drive startup sequence might have
been altered. If you select an incorrect drive, data or
programs can be written over.
Use only the correct FRUs. When you replace a
FRU, make sure the model of the machine and FRU
part number are correct by referring to the parts
listing.
FRUs should not be replaced because of a single,
un-reproducible failure. Single failures can occur
from a variety of reasons that have nothing to do with
a hardware defect such as electrostatic discharge or
software errors. FRU replacement should only be
considered when a recurring problem exists.
The servicer must include the following in the parts

exchange form or part return form that is attached to the
returned FRU.
1. Name and phone number of servicer.
2. Date of service.
3. Date when part failed.
4. Date of purchase.
5. Failure symptoms, error codes appearing on
display, and beep symptoms.
6. Procedure index and page number in which
failing FRU was detected.
7. Failing FRU name and part number.
8. Machine type, model number, and serial number.
9. Customer's name and address.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 27

What to Do First
Before servicing the computer, determine whether or not
the damage applies to the warranty by referring to the
following:
Warranty Note
During the warranty period, the customer may be
responsible for repair costs if the damage was caused
by misuse, accident, modification, unsuitable physical
or operating environment, or improper maintenance by
the customer.
The following list provides some common items that are

not covered under warranty and some symptoms that
could indicate that the system was subjected to stresses
beyond normal use.
Warranty Coverage Notes
The following is not covered under warranty:

LCD panel cracked from being dropped or
applying too much force.
Scratched (cosmetic) parts.
Cracked or broken plastic parts, broken latches,
broken pins or connectors caused by excessive
force.
Damage caused by liquid spilled onto the system.
Damage caused by improperly inserting a
PCMCIA card or installation of an incompatible
card.
Damage due to foreign material in the FDD or
FDD bay.
Damage to the diskette drive caused by pressing
the diskette drive cover or inserting diskettes with
multiple labels.
Diskette eject button was bent or damaged.
Damage to the CD-ROM drive caused by
excessive force shocked or dropped.
Fuse blown by attaching non-supported devices.
Computer or hard disk could not be used
because the password was forgotten.
If the following symptoms are present, they could

indicate the damage was caused by non-warranted
activity:
Missing parts can be a symptom of unauthorized
service or modification.
HDD spindles can become noisy if subjected to
excessive force or if dropped.
Errors can be caused by exposure to strong
magnetic fields.

How to Use Error Messages: Use the error
codes or messages displayed on the screen to diagnose
failures. If more than one error code is displayed, begin
the diagnosis with the first error code. The cause of the
first error code can result in false error codes being
displayed. If no error code is displayed, see if the error
symptom is listed in the “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 41.
How to Diagnose Multiple FRUs: When the

adapter or device has more than one FRU, the error code
could be caused by either FRU. Before replacing
multiple-FRUs, try removing or exchanging each FRU, one
by one in the designated sequence, to see if the symptoms
change.
Passwords: The Passwords are security features that

are used to protect the system and the hard disk data from
unauthorized access. There are two types of passwords:
User Password
Supervisor Password
How to Disable the Passwords

Important
This information is not available in this online HMM
format. See your IBM Servicer or IBM Authorized
Dealer for this procedure.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 29

General Checkout
Use the following procedure as a guide for computer
problems.
Note: The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
1. Obtain the failing symptoms in as much detail as
possible. Pay close attention to the error messages
on the screen.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to recreate the
failure by running the diagnostic test or by repeating
the same operation.
Note: To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run
Diagnostics” on page 51.
3. Use the following table to locate the description that
best matches the symptom, then go to the page
indicated.
Symptom Go to
AC Adapter “Checking the AC Adapter”
on page 36.
Audio Card “Audio Card Checkout” on
page 34.
Battery Pack “Checking the Battery Pack”
on page 37.
Configuration is not the “How to Run Diagnostics”
same as the installed on page 51.
devices.
Diskette Drive “Diskette Drive Checkout”
on page 34.
Keyboard/Auxiliary Device “Keyboard/Auxiliary Input
(Mouse/Pointing Device) Device Checkout” on
page 33.
Memory related problems “Memory Checkout” on
page 31.
Operational Charging “Checking Operational
Charging” on page 37.
Other symptoms. “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
(Such as LCD problems.) page 41, and then use
other miscellaneous
symptoms tables.
Port Replicator “Port Replicator Power
Overload” on page 40.
POST does not complete. “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
No beeps/error code are page 41, and then use the
indicated. No Beep Symptoms table.
POST beeps, but no error “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
codes are displayed. page 41, and then use the
Beep Symptoms table.

Symptom Go to
POST detected an error and “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
displayed numeric error page 41, and then use the
codes. Numeric Error Codes table.
Power failure. “Power Systems Checkout”
(The power indicator does on page 35.
not go on or stay on.)
Symptoms cannot be Use the customer reported
recreated. symptoms and go to
(Intermittent problems.) “Symptom-to-FRU Index” on
page 41.
TrackPoint III will not work “TrackPoint III Checkout” on
page 34.
Memory Checkout
Depending on the model, the memory size that is available
for customer use appears differently. See the following
table for the available memory size of each card.
System 8MB Optional Extended Switch

Board Memory SO-DIMM Memory Setting
Board
640KB 8MB 0 7168KB 1,2,3,4
OFF
4 11264KB 1,2,3,4
OFF
16 23552KB 2 ON
1,3,4
OFF
640KB 16MB 0 15360KB 1,2,3,4,
OFF
4 19456KB 1,2,3,4
OFF
16 31744KB 2 ON
1,3,4
OFF
Note: Refer to “Memory Board Switch Settings” on page 83
for Memory Board Switch location.
Memory errors might stop system operations, show error

messages on the screen, or hang the system. The
computer detects memory parity errors but does not
correct them.
Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems.
Memory Error Notes

Ignore any references to parity errors.
Remove any installed PCMCIA memory cards.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 31

1. Make sure that any memory options are fully installed
into their connectors. A loose connection can cause
an error.
2. Run the diagnostics. See “How to Run Diagnostics”
on page 51.
3. If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop
option to repeat the test.
4. FRUs should not be replaced because of a single,
un-reproducible failure. Single failures can occur from
a variety of reasons that have nothing to do with a
hardware defect such as electrostatic discharge or
considered when a recurring problems exits.
Flash Memory: BIOS, system setup programs, and

some diagnostic utilities are stored in flash memory.
Flash Memory Update: A flash memory update is

required for new versions.
When Updating Flash Memory
During the flash update do not:

Power-off the computer.
Disconnect the AC Adapter.
Remove the battery.
Lift the keyboard.
Press any key.
Attention
On certain systems, updating flash memory can reset
all customer’s configuration settings to the default
values. The following steps bypass the CONFIG.SYS
and AUTOEXEC.BAT files, so the customer’s
configuration setting are not reset to the default
values.
To update the flash memory:

1. Power-off the computer.
2. Install the battery pack and connect the AC Adapter.
3. Insert the update diskette in drive A.
4. Power-on the computer.
5. When the message “Starting PC DOS” appears,
press F5 to bypass the CONFIG.SYS and
AUTOEXEC.BAT.
6. At the prompt, select Country Language then press
Enter.
7. Follow the instructions on the screen.

Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device
Checkout
Disconnect the external keyboard and mouse, then try the
internal keyboard. If the internal keyboard works correctly,
replace the external keyboard or mouse.
If the internal keyboard does not work correctly or an

unexpected character appears, make sure that the three
flexible cables extending from the keyboard are correctly
seated in the connectors on the keyboard card.
If the keyboard cables are seated correctly, run the

Keyboard Test using the IBM ThinkPad 365 Advanced
Diagnostics Diskette.
Attention
To use the IBM ThinkPad 365 Advanced Diagnostics
Diskette, you must have at least 500KB of free
memory. Be sure to read the “README.PO” file on
the IBM ThinkPad 365 Advanced Diagnostics Diskette
before using the following instructions.

2. Insert the IBM ThinkPad 365 Advanced Diagnostics
Diskette into drive A.
4. Follow the instructions on the screen and proceed to
the Main Menu. Allow two to four minutes for the
diagnostic programs to load.
5. At the Main Menu, select Diagnostics.
6. At the Diagnostics Menu, select Module Tests.
7. At the Module Tests Menu, select Keyboard.
8. Press Enter to run the keyboard tests.
9. Do not press any key until prompted, then follow the
instructions on the screen.
10. When the tests are completed, press Esc twice to
return to the main menu.
11. Select Exit.
If the tests detect a keyboard problem, do the following

one at a time to correct the problem. Do not replace a
non-defective FRU.
Reseat the three cables.
Replace the keyboard.
Replace the keyboard card.
Replace the system board.
The following auxiliary input devices are supported for this

computer.
Space-saver keyboard
Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cable

connector and repeat the failing operation. If the problem
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 33

does not occur again, recheck the connector. If the
problem remains, replace the device, and then the system
board.
TrackPoint III Checkout

The TrackPoint automatically compensates to adjust the
pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer moves on
the screen automatically for a short time. This self-acting
pointer movement can occur when a slight, steady
pressure is applied to the TrackPoint pointer while the
computer is powered on or while the system is running, or
re-adjustment is required because the temperature has
exceeded its normal temperature range. This symptom
does not indicate a hardware problem. No service actions
are necessary if the pointer movement stops in a short
period of time.
If either the pointing stick or the click button will not work,
do the following actions one at a time to correct the
problem. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
Reseat the three keyboard cables.
Audio Card Checkout

Do the following to run the audio tests.
Go to a DOS full screen, press Ctrl+Alt+F11 to
access the setup utility.
Note: The setup screen can only be accessed at a
full-screen DOS prompt.
Use the arrow keys to select Audio, then use the
space bar to toggle the audio selection to enabled
(IRQ 7).
Set the volume control to mid range.
Press Esc then F4 to save and reboot.
Listen for the sounds.
If the audio card does not produces any sound during

reboot, replace the Audio card. If the problem remains,
replace the system board.
Diskette Drive Checkout

Important
The ThinkPad 365 does not support both an internal
and external drive simultaneously.
Do the following to isolate the problem to a controller,

drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, non-defective
2HD diskette is required. Make sure that the diskette does
not have more than one label attached to it. Multiple
labels can cause damage to the drive or can cause the
drive to fail.

Use the following information to test the diskette drive.
Attention

7. At the Module Tests Menu, select Floppy Disks.
8. Press Enter to run the Floppy Disks tests.
10. When the tests are completed, press Esc twice to
return to the main menu.
11. Select Exit.
If the drive is attached through a Port Replicator and the

test detects errors, move the drive to the computer's
diskette drive connector directly, and test it again.
If an error occurs replace the diskette drive.
If no errors occur, the drive is not defective. Go to
“Port Replicator Checkout” on page 597 to isolate the
replicator problem.
If the drive is attached through a Diskette Drive Attachment

Unit, replace the unit.
Power Systems Checkout

To verify the symptom of the problem:
1. Remove the port replicator (if attached), reconnect the
AC Adapter, and replace the battery pack in the
computer.
If the computer power problem remains, do the following:
2. Remove the battery pack, external diskette drive, and
hard disk drive.
3. Connect the AC Adapter and check that power is
supplied.
4. Connect one at a time, the external diskette drive,
and hard disk drive and check that power is supplied
from each power source.
5. Disconnect the AC Adapter, remove the hard disk and
diskette drive, and install the charged battery pack;
then check that power is supplied by battery pack.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 35

6. Remove the memory card and PCMCIA cards and
check the power supply. Reinstall one at a time and
check the power supply.
7. Disconnect the AC Adapter. Remove the CD-ROM
and Audio Card. Reinstall one at a time, connect the
AC Adapter and check that power is supplied.
If you suspect a power problem, see the appropriate power

supply check listed below.
“Checking the AC Adapter.”
“Checking Operational Charging” on page 37.
“Checking the Battery Pack” on page 37.
“Port Replicator Power Overload” on page 40.
Checking the AC Adapter: You are here

because the computer fails only when the AC Adapter is
used.
If the power problem occurs only when the port
replicator is used, replace the replicator.
If the power-on indicator does not turn on, check the
power cord of the AC Adapter for correct continuity
and installation.
If the operational charge does not work, go to
Use the following procedure to check the adapter.

1. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the computer and
measure the output voltage at the plug of the AC
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
Pin Voltage (V dc)

1 +10.0 to +16.0
2 Ground
If the voltage is correct:

– Replace the DC/DC Card.
– If the problem remains, replace the system
board.
If the problem still is not corrected, go to
“Undetermined Problems” on page 49.
If the voltage is not correct, go to the next step.
2. Unplug the AC Adapter cable from the ac power
outlet and wait five minutes or longer to allow the
over voltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
3. Plug the AC Adapter cable into the ac power outlet.

4. Measure the output voltage of the AC Adapter.
5. If the voltage is still not correct, replace the AC
Adapter.
Note: An audible noise from the AC Adapter does not
always indicate a defective adapter.
Checking Operational Charging: To check

operational charging, use a discharged battery pack or a
battery pack that shows an amber battery status indicator
when it is installed in the computer.
Perform operational charging. If the battery status

indicator turns orange and the battery charging indicator
turns green within two minutes, replace the AC Adapter.
Checking the Battery Pack: Battery charging will

not start until the Fuel-Gauge shows that less than 90% of
the total power remains; with this condition the battery
pack will charge to 100% of its capacity. This protects the
battery pack from being over-charged or having a
shortened life.
Before you perform the following procedure, be sure you

have the correct battery pack for this model.
2. Remove the battery pack and measure the voltage
between battery terminals 2 (+) and 6 (−). See the
following figure.
3. If the voltage is less than +7.2 V dc, the battery pack

has been discharged or is defective. Recharge the
battery. If the recharging does not work, go to Step 5
on page 38 to check the charging circuit.
If the voltage is still less than +7.2 V dc after the
recharging, replace the battery.
4. If the voltage is more than +7.2 V dc, measure the
resistance between battery terminals 4 and 6. The
resistance must be 4K ohms to 30K ohms.
If the resistance is not correct, replace the battery
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the DC/DC card.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 37

5. To check the charging circuit, do the following. Plug
in the AC Adapter with the battery pack removed,
then power-on the computer.
6. Measure the charging voltage between DC/DC
terminals 2 (+) and 6 (−).
7. If the voltage is less then +9.0 V dc, replace the
DC/DC card. If the voltage is more than +9.0 V dc,
the charging circuit is working correctly, replace the
battery pack.
Power Management Features

Five power management modes are provided by the
computer to save power consumption and prolong battery
power.
Standby Mode: When in standby mode the following

occurs:
The LCD backlight turns off.
The hard disk motor stops.
The CPU clock is set to the lowest speed.
Events that cause entering of standby mode:

Standby requested by the Fn key (Fn+F3).
No activity under auto-standby enabled by the
feature utility.
Events that cause exiting or resuming of standby mode:

(Resume) Any key operation.
Ring wakeup if enabled.
Suspend Mode: When in suspend mode, the

following, in addition to the four actions of standby mode,
occur:
The Audio is powered-off
The CD-ROM is powered off.
The LCD power is powered-off.
The hard disk is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.
When the computer is powered with AC power and is used

with one of the following IBM PC cards, the computer does
not enter suspend or hibernate mode by either the LCD
suspend switch or power-management timeout; the PC
card and application program remain active.
3270 Emulation Credit Card Adapter
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
IBM Modem
In the following condition, the computer cannot enter the

suspend mode.
While the communication link is running.

Active interrupts (CD-ROM activity, etc.)
Events that cause entering of suspend mode:

Suspend mode is requested by the Fn key (Fn+F4).
The LCD is closed.
The specified time has elapsed from the last
operation with the keyboard, mouse, hard disk drive,
parallel connector, diskette drive, or the AC Adapter is
plugged in. The time is specified by Suspend Timer
in the setup program (if enabled).
If the battery condition is low the system enters the
Safe Suspend mode and the configuration/setup
information is saved. If the battery gets to critical the
battery power indicator blinks (amber) and the system
goes into the Hibernation mode.
Events that cause exiting or resuming of suspend mode:

(Resume) The LCD is opened.
(Resume) Real time clock alarm signaled.
(Resume) Ring indicator (RI) signaled by serial or
PCMCIA device.
(Resume) Any keyboard key is pressed.
(Exit) Timer conditions are satisfied to enter
hibernation mode.
Hibernation Mode: When in hibernation mode, the

following occurs:
The system status, RAM, VRAM, and setup data are
stored on the hard disk.
The system is powered-off.
When the computer is powered with AC power and is used

with one of the following IBM PC cards, the computer does
not enter suspend or hibernate mode by either the LCD
suspend switch or power-management timeout; the PC
card and application program remain active.
PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
High Speed PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
Token-Ring 16/4 Credit Card Adapter
Credit Card Adapter for Ethernet
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 39

Events that cause entering of hibernation mode:
The hibernation mode is requested by the Fn key
(Fn+F12).
Timer conditions are satisfied in suspend mode.
Critical low battery condition. The system first goes
into safe suspend mode, then when the battery
reaches critical the system goes into the hibernation
mode.
Event that causes exiting of hibernation mode.

The power-on switch is operated.
When power is turned on, the hibernation history of the

boot record on the hard disk is recognized and system
status is restored from the hard disk to resume operation.
Doze Mode: In the Doze mode, the system slows

down the central processing unit and the system uses less
power. Enable the doze mode in the setup program.
Exiting the doze mode is instantaneous by pressing any
keyboard key.
Safe Suspend: Saves the computer state, then

enters the suspend mode.
Port Replicator Power Overload: If power shut

downs occur intermittently when using a port replicator,
suspect an over-current problem. Some devices use more
power; if the maximum usage of each device occurs
simultaneously, the total current will exceed the limit,
thereby causing a power shut down. Isolate this problem
by removing one of the devices, and use the computer
under the same condition to see whether a power shut
down occurs. Do this procedure for all devices, then
determine the cause.
Setup Utility
Note
The Setup Utility is ROM-resident and can only be
started at a full-screen DOS prompt.
Do the following to run the Setup Utility.

1. Go to a DOS full screen.
2. Press Ctrl+Alt+F11.
Note
When exiting the Setup Utility using Fn+6, press
Ctrl+Alt together after returning to the full-screen
DOS. This ensure the keyboard controller is in the
proper reset state.

Symptom-to-FRU Index
The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms and
possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Always begin with “General Checkout” on page 30. This
index can also be used to help you decide which FRUs to
have available when servicing a computer.
If you are unable to correct the problem using this index,

go to “Undetermined Problems” on page 49.
Notes
If you have both an error message and an
incorrect audio response, diagnose the error
message first.
Check all power supply voltages before you
replace the system board. (See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 35.)
Beep Symptoms
Beeps symptoms are short tones or a series of short tones
separated by pauses (intervals without sound). See the
following examples.
Beep Symptom FRU/Action

1-1-3 1. Run Setup
CMOS write/read test in 2. System Board
progress or failure.
1-1-4 1. System Board
ROM BIOS check error.
Programmable interval timer
0 test in progress or failure.
DMA channel 0 address and
count register test in
DMA page register
write/read in progress or
failure.
RAM refresh verification test
in progress or failure.
1-3-3 1. RAM Memory Board
First 64K RAM chip or data 2. System Board
line failure, multi-bit.
Parity failure first 64K RAM.
Fail-safe timer failure (only
used by EISA BIOS).
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 41

Software NMI port failure
(only used by EISA BIOS).
2-1-1, 2-1-2, 2-1-3 1. RAM Memory Board
2-1-4, 2-2-1, 2-2-2 2. System Board
2-2-3, 2-2-4, 2-3-1
2-3-2, 2-3-4, 2-4-1
2-4-2, 2-4-3, 2-4-4
First 64K RAM chip or data
line failure on bit x.
Master DMA register test in
Master interrupt mask
register test in progress or
failure.
Slave interrupt mask
register test in progress or
failure.
Keyboard controller test in 2. Keyboard
progress or failure. 3. Keyboard Card
Slave DMA register test in
Screen memory test in
Screen initialization in
progress.
Screen retrace test in
progress.
Timer-tick interrupt test in
Shutdown test in progress 2. Processor Card
or failure.
Gate A20 failure.
Unexpected interrupt in 2. Processor Card
protected mode.
4-3-1 1. RAM Memory Board
RAM test of memory above 2. SO DIMM
64K in progress or failure. 3. System Board

Programmable interval timer
channel 2 test in progress
or failure.
Real-time clock test in
Serial port test in progress
or failure.
Parallel port test in progress
or failure.
4-4-3 1. Processor Card
Math coprocessor test in 2. System Board
No Beep Symptoms
Symptom/Error FRU/Action
No beep during POST but 1. System Board
computer works correctly. 2. Audio card
No beep during POST and 1. See “Undetermined
no display. Problems” on
page 49.
2. System Board
3. Audio card
4. Memory
5. See “Power Systems
Checkout” on page 35.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 43

Error Messages
Error Message/Symptom FRU/Action
Bus Timeout NMI, 1. System Board
Slot n. Type (S)hut off NMI,
(R)eboot, other keys to
continue.
Configuration for slot n. 1. Run Setup Utility.
Diskette drive failure 1. See “Diskette Drive
Checkout” on
page 34.
Diskette drive x failure 1. See “Diskette Drive
where x=0 or x=1. Checkout” on
page 34.
Diskette read failure - 1. Replace diskette with
press F1 to retry boot (or a bootable diskette
may also say F2 for Setup and retry.
Utility).
Gate A20 failure 1. System Board
Hard disk configuration 1. Correct the hard disk
error configuration.
Hard disk controller 1. System Board
failure
Hard Disk failure 1. Hard Disk
Hard disk failure - press 1. Check drive selection
F1 to retry boot (or may in setup.
also say press F2 for 2. Hard Disk.
Setup Utility).
F2 to enter ROM-based 1. Run Setup Utility.
SETUP 2. Verify Configuration.
ID information mismatch 1. Run Setup Utility.
for slot n
Invalid configuration 1. Run Setup Utility.
information.
Internal cache test failed - 1. Processor Card
cache is disabled. 2. System Board
Keyboard clock line 1. Keyboard cable and
failure. Keyboard
connection.
2. System Board
Keyboard controller 1. System Board
failure.
Keyboard data line failure. 1. System Board
Keyboard is locked. 1. Unlock the Keyboard
Keyboard stuck key 1. Locate and fix.
failure. 2. Keyboard cable and
Keyboard connection.
3. System Board
Memory failure at 1. RAM Memory Board
hex-value, read hex-value,
expecting hex-value.

No boot device available - 1. Diskette
press F1 to reboot or 2. Diskette Drive
press F2 for Setup Utility. 3. Hard Disk
No boot sector on hard 1. Format the C drive.
disk.
Press F1 to reboot or F2
for Setup Utility.
No fail safe timer NMI 1. System Board
No software port NMI 1. System Board
No timer tick interrupt 1. System Board
Not a boot diskette - press 1. Replace diskette with
F1 to reboot or F2 for a bootable diskette.
Setup Utility
Pointer device failure 1. Check cable
connections
2. Keyboard (TrackPoint)
3. External Mouse
Real time clock failure 1. Run Setup Utility
Shutdown failure 1. Power-off, Power-on,
Retry
2. System Board
Time of day not set - run 1. Run Setup Utility
SETUP program
Timer 2 failure 1. System Board
Unexpected HW interrupt 1. System Board
at address Type (R)eboot,
other keys to continue.
Hardware problem. Not
displayed if the extended
interrupt handler is not
enabled.
Unexpected interrupt in 1. System Board
protected mode
Unexpected SW interrupt 1. System Board
at address Type (R)eboot,
Error(s) in software
program. Not displayed if
the extended interrupt
handler is not enabled.
Unexpected type 02 1. System Board
interrupt at xxxxxh Type
(S)hut off NMI, (R)eboot,
Parity error occurred. Cause
undetermined.
Unresolved BUS Timeout 1. System Board
NMI, Type (S)hut off NMI, 2. Processor Card
(R)eboot, other keys to
continue. Parity error
occurred. Cause
undetermined.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 45

Unresolved memory parity 1. System Board
error 2. SO-DIMM
Type (S)hut off NMI, 3. Optional Memory
(R)eboot, other keys to (8MB or 16MB Board)
continue. Parity error
occurred. Cause
undetermined.
xxxxxh Option ROM 1. Power-off, Power-on,
checksum failure where Retry
xxxxxh is the starting 2. Peripheral Card
address of the option
ROM
LCD Related Symptoms

Important
The TFT LCD of the notebook computers contain over
921 000 thin film transistors (TFTs). A small number
of missing, discolored or lighted dots (on all the time)
is characteristic of TFT LCD technology. Excessive
pixel problems can cause viewing concerns. The LCD
should be replaced if the number of missing or
discolored, or lighted dots in any colored background
is 21 or more.
LCD backlight not 1. Reseat the LCD
working, or connectors.
LCD too dark, or 2. Inverter Card
3. LCD Assembly
LCD brightness cannot
4. Keyboard Card
be adjusted, or
5. DC/DC Card
LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.
LCD screen 1. See the preceding
unreadable, or important note.
Characters missing 2. Reseat all LCD
pels, or connectors.
Screen abnormal, or 3. LCD Assembly
Wrong color displayed. 4. System Board
5. Keyboard Card
LCD has extra horizontal or 1. LCD Assembly
vertical lines displayed.
No beep, power-on indicator 1. System Board
on, and a blank LCD during 2. DC/DC Card
POST. 3. Processor Card

Keyboard/TrackPoint Related
Symptoms
Keyboard (one or more 1. Reseat the three
keys) does not work. keyboard cables.
2. Keyboard
3. Keyboard Card
4. System Board
TrackPoint does not work. 1. Go to “TrackPoint III
Checkout” on
page 34.
2. Keyboard
3. Keyboard Card
4. System Board
Pointer moves automatically 1. See “TrackPoint III
or does not work correctly. Checkout” on
page 34.
Indicator Related Symptoms

Indicator incorrectly remains 1. Reseat the status
off or on, but system runs indicator cable.
correctly. 2. Status Indicator
3. System Board
Battery power status 1. Check that a correct
indicator blinks from green, battery is installed.
yellow, to orange. 2. Battery Pack
3. DC/DC Card
4. System Board
Power Related Symptoms

Power shut down during 1. Go to “Power
operation. Systems Checkout”
on page 35.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery
pack and let it cool for
two hours.
4. DC/DC Card
5. Power sources
The system will not 1. Remove AC Adapter.
power-off. 2. Remove the battery.
3. Wait 10 seconds.
4. Reconnect the AC
Adapter and try to
reproduce the error.
5. If the error remains,
replace the System
Board.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 47

Audio Related Symptoms
The following are the audio input sources:
Line In
Mic In
System board
CD-ROM
Audio card
Note: Use either a data or music CD to check the audio
function. If the audio fails see “Audio Card Checkout” on
page 34.
Peripheral Device Related Symptoms

External display does not 1. See “External Display
work correctly. Self-Test” on
page 592.
Printer problems. 1. Run Printer Self-test.
2. System Board
3. Parallel Port Device
4. Cable
Serial or parallel port device 1. Device
problems. 2. Device Cable
3. System Board
Other Symptoms
Errors occur only when Port 1. See “Port Replicator
Replicator is used. Checkout” on
page 597.
PCMCIA slot pin is 1. PCMCIA Socket
damaged. 2. System Board
Note: If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list

and the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 49.
Intermittent Problems
Intermittent system hang problems can be caused by a
variety of reasons that have nothing to do with a hardware
defect such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, or
considered when a recurring problems exits.
When analyzing the intermittent problem, do the following:

1. Run the diagnostic test for the system board in loop
mode at least 10 times.
2. If any error is detected, replace the FRU indicated.
Rerun the test to verify that no more errors exist.

Undetermined Problems
You are here because the diagnostic tests did not identify
which adapter or device failed, installed devices are
incorrect, a short circuit is suspected, or the system is
inoperative. Follow the procedures below to isolate the
failing FRU (do not isolate non-defective FRUs).
Verify that all attached devices are supported by the

computers.
Verify that the power supply being used at the time of the
failure is operating correctly. (See “Power Systems
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for short
circuits and open circuits. Visually check them for
damage. If any problems are found, replace the
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to external connectors
c. Printer, mouse, and other external devices
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive or the device attached to the
diskette drive connector
g. DIMM card
h. CD-ROM
i. Sound card
j. Port replicator
k. Keyboard
l. Keyboard card
Note: Remember that removing the hard disk
drive, or any adapter or device, might cause
configuration errors. Ignore error code 174.
5. Determine if the problem has changed.
6. If the problem does not occur again, reconnect the
removed devices one at a time until you find the
failing FRU.
7. If the problem remains, replace the following FRUs
one at a time. Do not replace a non-defective FRU.
DC/DC card
System board
LCD assembly
Processor card
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 49

Related Service Procedures
This section provides information about the following:
“System Status Indicators”
“I/O Status Indicators”
“How to Run Diagnostics” on page 51
“System Key Combinations” on page 57
System Status Indicators

The system status indicators show the current computer
status in different colors (amber and green).
Symbol Color Meaning

Blinking Speaker sounds.
green
Green Battery fully charged.
Amber 1 minute or less of battery
power left.
Green Battery charging.
Off Battery charged. (Battery
must be installed for proper
reading.)
Amber PC card in-use.
Amber Diskette drive in-use.
Amber Hard disk drive in-use.
Green Keys in Num Lock mode.
Green Keys in Caps Lock mode.
Green Keys in Scroll Lock mode.
Green Computer in suspend mode.
Green Computer powered-on.
I/O Status Indicators

The I/O status indicators on the front panel of the CD-ROM
drive or the FDD drive indicate the current status.
I/O status Amber CD-ROM in use.

Green Disk Drive in use.

How to Run Diagnostics
The QAPlus/PRO diagnostic program, developed by
DiagSoft for IBM, is the primary method of testing the
computer. It is unique to the ThinkPad 365 and will not
run on other models. You can use it to test the IBM
components of the system and some external devices.
The amount of time required to test all components
depends on the number of components. The more
optional adapters and devices you have attached to your
system, the longer the testing takes.
Important
Before loading the diagnostics program:
2. Press Ctrl+Alt+F11 to go to the setup screen.
3. Verify all peripherals devices are enabled.
4. Page Down to the second page and verify all
peripherals are enabled.
The diagnostics program is intended to test only IBM

products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or modified
options can give false errors and invalid system responses.
Loading the IBM ThinkPad 365 Advanced

Diagnostics Diskette
Attention
The Advanced Diagnostics Diskette Version 1.0
supports all ThinkPad 365C, CD, CS, CSD, E, and ED
models. However, this diskette refers to all
processors as DX4-100. If the diagnostics detect a
processor error, refer to the “Parts Listing” to correctly
identify the installed processor.

memory. Also, be sure to read the “README.PO” file
on the Diagnostics Diskette.

5. At the Main Menu, select the test to run.
6. Press Enter to run the test selected.
7. After starting a test, do not press any key until
prompted, then follow the instructions on the screen.
8. When the test is completed, press Esc twice to return
to the main menu.
9. Select Exit.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 51

Diagnostic Test Programs
The diagnostics diskette outline follows:
Main Menu:
Diagnostics
– Quick Check
When selected runs the system quick check
diagnostics.
– Module Tests
When selected displays a menu of the modules
you can select to test.
– Options
When selected displays a menu of test
preferences, log results, and save script options.
System info
– When selected displays a menu with selections
for system information
Reports
– When selected displays a list of the reports you
can select.
Utilities
– When selected displays a list of diagnostic
utilities.
Exit
– When selected exits diagnostics and returns you
to the system prompt.

Error Messages
Messages generated by the software—the operating
system or application programs—generally are text
messages, but they also can be numeric. The following
are the various error messages.
POST beep codes
POST error messages
Diagnostic error messages
Software generated messages
Multiple messages
Error Message Description

POST Beep Codes Sounds emitted from the
speaker if POST finds a
problem. One beep
indicates POST completed
successfully. Multiple
beeps indicate a problem
was found by the POST.
POST Error Messages Displayed when POST
detects hardware or
configuration problems.
Diagnostic Error Messages Displayed when a test
program finds a hardware
problem.
Software Generated Error Displayed if a problem or
Messages conflict is found by an
application program, the
operating system, or both.
For an explanation of these
messages, refer to the
information supplied with
that software package.
Multiple Messages The first error that occurs
can cause additional errors.
Always follow the suggested
action instructions for the
first error message
displayed.
Return Codes
For the test programs to properly determine if a test
Passed, Failed, or Aborted, the test programs check the
error-return code at test completion. To register the test
properly in the test log, the test programs must generate
one of the following return codes:
Return Code Description

0 Indicates device passed its test.
1 Indicated device failed its test.
2 or greater Indicates test stopped or aborted.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 53

Using the Diagnostics Test Programs
To load the IBM ThinkPad 365 Advanced Diagnostics
Diskette, see “Loading the IBM ThinkPad 365 Advanced
Diagnostics Diskette” on page 51.
The test programs provide tests and utilities for users and
service or support professionals to troubleshoot even the
most difficult problems.
You can maneuver within the test programs by typing the

first letter of a menu choice, or using the TrackPoint III
pointer.
Throughout the test programs, pressing the first letter of an

option on a menu is the same as moving to that item with
the cursor and pressing Enter.
Using the Function Keys

Use the following keys to maneuver throughout the test
programs:
Keys Action
Enter Select an item, run the test module, or
run the test
Down Moves the cursor down
Arrow (↓)
Up Moves the cursor up
Arrow (↑)
F1 Calls up the appropriate Help
information. Use the up arrow key (↑)
or the down arrow key (↓) to scroll
through the information. Pressing F1
from within a Help screen provides a
help index from which you can select
different categories. One of the
important help categories is function
key usage. Pressing Esc exits Help
and returns to where you left off.
Esc Go back to the previous menu.
Additional functions are available in the Module Tests

screen and the Test Group screen using the following
keys:
Keys Action
Spacebar Toggle modules on/off (or toggle tests
on/off)
F2 View test results log
F10 Local menu

Viewing the Test Groups
As you move the cursor bar up or down in the Module
Tests menu, the right hand screen changes to show the
attributes, parameters, and the selected tests of the
corresponding Test Group. The “DIAMOND” mark
indicates a module selected for testing.
Module Testing Mode

If the Quick Check does not find a problem, or you want to
perform in-depth testing, the Module Testing mode
provides a method to run individual tests on a single
module. For example, you can run an individual test for
the diskette drive, or you can the test for all selected
modules.
To start the Module Tests:
Attention

7. At the Module Tests Menu, select the modules to test.
8. Use the up and down arrow keys (↑ and ↓) to move
the highlight bar from one selection to the next.
9. Press Enter to run the tests.
12. Select Exit.
Running Selected Module Tests

To run a selected tests for a test group:
the cursor to your selection.
2. Press Enter.
Note: A “DIAMOND” appears next to your selection.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 55

Running All Selected Modules
To run all selected test modules:
1. Use the down arrow key (↓) to move the cursor to the
last choice, Run All Selected Modules.
2. Press Enter.
Note: A “DIAMOND” appears next to your selection.
Changing Selected Tests in Test Groups

To change selected tests in a Test Group:
1. In the Module Tests Menu, use the up and down
arrow keys (↑ and ↓) to move the cursor to your
selection.
2. Scroll to the test you want to select or deselect.
3. Press the spacebar at the highlighted test to toggle
between select (indicated by a “DIAMOND”) and
deselect.
Note: Pressing the first letter of a test does not
activate the test, unlike menu operation.
4. Press Enter.
Running an Individual Test

To run an individual test:
to the highlighted bar to the test you want to run.
2. Press Enter to run the test.
Note: The results of the test appear in the
lower-right-hand Test Log window. Also, if
you enabled Test Logging, the results are
recorded in the Test Log.
3. When the test completes, press Esc to return to the
Test Group Menu.
Stopping the Tests

To stop running a specific test or stop testing after you
have started a test, press Esc while the test is running.
The test pauses at the first possible opportunity, and the
Skip/Abort Test Menu appears with the following options:
Option Action
Continue The test program begins testing where
it left off.
Skip to next test The test program skips the current test,
but remaining tests for the selected
Module Tests continue.
Skip to next The test program skips the remaining
group tests in the current test group.
Abort all tests The test program stops and returns to
the previous menu.

System Key Combinations
The following table shows the system Fn key and function
key combinations and their corresponding functions.
The Fn key works independently from the operating

system. The operating system obtains the status through
the system management interface to control the system.
Key Description
Combinations
Ctrl+Alt+F11 Accesses the system setup screen
from any full-screen DOS program.
Fn+F2 Displays the fuel gauge.
Fn+F3 Standby mode invocation.
Fn+F4 Suspend mode invocation.
Fn+F7 Toggles LCD/SIMUL/CRT.
Fn+F8 Toggles normal/reverse video.
Fn+F12 Hibernation mode invocation.
Fn+PgUp Speaker enable.
Fn+PgDn Speaker disable.
External Keyboard Key Combinations

The following table shows the external keyboard
combinations used with the IBM ThinkPad Space Saver
Keyboard.
Key Description
Combinations
Ctrl+Alt+F2 Fuel gauge display.
Ctrl+Alt+F4 Suspend Mode invocation.
Ctrl+Alt+F7 Toggles LCD/SIMUL/CRT.
Ctrl+Alt+F12 Hibernation invocation.
Ctrl+Alt+F11 Accesses setup and Power
Management screens.
Attention
To avoid possible conflicts with certain software
applications, you might need to disable these hot-key
combinations. The Ctrl+Alt+Right-Shift-Key toggles
the hot-keys On and Off for the external keyboard.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 57

Product Overview (365C, CD, CS, CSD)
The following provides an overview of the ThinkPad 365C,
365CD, 365CS, and 365CSD system features.
Feature Description
Processor 80486 DX4 75MHz
Bus AT/ISA Bus
Architecture
Memory 8MB Memory Board
(Standard) 16MB Memory Board
Memory 4MB, 8MB, or 16MB SO-DIMM
(Optional)
Memory 24MB
(Maximum)
CMOS RAM 128 Bytes
Video 1MB Video RAM
TFT or DSTN LCD color, supports
from 256 up to 65,536 colors.
VGA (640 x 480 resolution)
Brightness control
Contrast control (DSTN Only)
Diskette Drive 1.44MB, 3.5-inch (Removable)
1.44MB, 3.5-inch 3-Mode (Japan)
Hard Disk 2.5-Inch (Removable)
Drive 340MB Hard Disk Drive
540MB Hard Disk Drive
1.08GB Hard Disk Drive
Optional 5.25-Inch CD-ROM (2X) Drive
CD-ROM (365CD, 365CSD Models Only)
PCMCIA One Type-III
or Two Type-II
Keyboard 85-key, 86-key, or 90-key
TrackPoint
12 Function Keys
Audio 16-Bit (365CD, 365CSD Only)
Infrared (IR) IR Transceiver supports wireless file and
data transfer.

Product Overview (365E, ED)
The following provides an overview of the ThinkPad 365E
and 365ED system features.
Feature Description
Processor IBM 5x86C 100MHz
Bus AT/ISA Bus
Architecture
Memory 8MB Memory Board
(Standard) 16MB Memory Board
Memory 4MB, 8MB, or 16MB SO-DIMM
(Option)
Memory 24MB
(Maximum)
CMOS RAM 128 Bytes
Video 1MB Video RAM
TFT or DSTN LCD color, supports
from 256 up to 65,536 colors.
VGA (640 x 480 resolution)
Brightness control
Contrast control (DSTN Only)
Diskette Drive 1.44MB, 3.5-inch (removable)
1.44MB, 3.5-inch 3-Mode (Japan)
Hard Disk 2.5-inch (removable)
Drive
Optional 5.25-Inch CD-ROM (4X) Drive
CD-ROM (365ED Model Only)
PCMCIA One Type-III
or Two Type-II
Keyboard 85-key, 86-key, or 90-key
TrackPoint
12 Function Keys
Audio 16-Bit (356ED Only)
Infrared (IR) IR Transceiver supports wireless file and
data transfer.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 59

FRU Removals and Replacements
This section contains information about removals and
replacements.
The system board is sensitive to, and can be
damaged by, electrostatic discharge. Establish
personal grounding by touching a ground point with
one hand before touching these units.
An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be used
to establish personal grounding.
Do not damage any parts. Only certified, trained
personnel should service the computer.
The arrows in the “Removals and Replacements”
section show the direction of movement to remove a
FRU, or to turn a screw to release the FRU. The
arrows are marked in numeric order, in square
callouts, to show the correct sequence of removal.
When other FRUs must be removed before removing
the failing FRU, they are listed at the top of the page.
To replace a FRU, reverse the removal procedure
and follow any notes that pertain to replacement.
See “Locations” for internal cable connections and
arrangement information.
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size as
shown in the procedures.
Safety Notice 1: Translation on page 8

small parts, are in place and are not left loose inside
metal flakes can cause electrical short circuits.

required by local ordinances or regulations.

the battery pack, and then disconnect any
interconnecting cables.

1010 Rear Connector Door
Open the door, then push down on the center of the door
to remove it.
1015 Foot
To replace the foot:
Align the foot in the open position with one pivot pin
in its hinge in the cover base.
Press the other pivot pin into position by rotating the
foot as shown.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 61

1020 Battery Pack
Disconnect the AC Adapter.
Open the computer.
Release the keyboard latches and raise the keyboard.
Be careful the computer does not fall over backwards
as you remove the battery.

1030 SO-DIMM/Memory Board
Battery Pack (1020)
To remove the optional SO-DIMM, release the latches as

shown, then remove the SO-DIMM card.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 63

1040 Hard Disk Drive
Battery Pack (1020)
Memory Board (1030)
Attention
Do not drop or apply any shock to the hard disk
drive. The hard disk drive is sensitive to physical
shock. Incorrect handling can cause damage and
permanent loss of data on the hard disk. Before
removing the hard disk drive, have the user make a
backup copy of all the information on the hard disk.
Never remove the hard disk drive while the system is
operating or is in suspend mode.

1050 Keyboard Unit
Battery Pack (1020)
Attention
During removal and replacement procedures, pay

special attention to the LCD Suspend Switch .2/. Be
sure the LCD Suspend Switch actuator is properly
aligned with the hole in the cover.
Procedure continues on the following page.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 65

1. Remove the plastic upper cover as shown.
2. Lift the keyboard and locate the cables as shown.
Attention
The keyboard cables are fragile and can be damaged.
Do not pull on the keyboard cables. Pull on the
connectors only.
Track Point III Cable
Important
When replacing the keyboard, check that the
three cables are clean, and inserted straight and
fully into the connectors.
Test all keyboard keys before returning the
computer to the customer.
When replacing the top cover:
– Be sure the tabs on the back of the top
cover are seated in the bottom of the LCD
display
– Be sure the LCD Suspend Switch actuator is
properly aligned with the hole in the cover.

1055 Mylar Cover
Note
The ThinkPad 365C, CD, CS, and CSD Model mylar

cover is not secured with screws and can be easily
removed after raising the keyboard.
The ThinkPad 365E, ED Model mylar cover is secured

with screws. The following procedure is for ThinkPad
365E, ED Models only.
Battery Pack (1020)

Keyboard Unit (1050)
1. Remove the two screw as shown.
2. Carefully remove the mylar cover.
Attention
During removal and replacement procedures, make

sure the Mylar Cover does not interfere with the LCD
Suspend Switch.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 67

1060 Processor Card
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard (1050)
Mylar Cover (1055)

1065 LCD Inverter Card
Battery Pack (1020)
Note
Screws shown above are 8 mm long.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 69

1068 LCD Panel
Battery Pack (1020)
Note

1070 LCD Assembly
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard (1050)
Mylar Cover (1055)
Attention
Make note of the location and placement of ground
points and tape. Replace tape to its original position.
Note
Note
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 71

1080 Sound Card
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard (1050)
Mylar Cover (1055)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Attention
During replacement, make sure the microphone (A),

speaker (B), and sound card (C) cable connections
are correct.
A
B
3
C A
Note

1090 CD-ROM Drive
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard (1050)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Sound Card (1080)
Attention
During replacement, make sure that all connectors are

properly aligned and seated.
Note
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 73

1100 Diskette Drive
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard (1050)
Mylar Cover (1055)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Sound Card (1080)
Attention
During replacement, make sure that all connectors are

properly aligned and seated.
Note

1110 DC/DC Card
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard (1050)
Mylar Cover (1055)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Sound Card (1080)
Attention
During replacement, make sure the DC/DC Card

connectors are properly aligned with the system board
and fully seated.
Note
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 75

1120 Keyboard Card
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard (1050)
Mylar Cover (1055)
LCD Assembly (1070)
1. Disconnect all attached cable connectors.
2. Release the locking tab at the right rear of the
keyboard card.
3. Remove the keyboard card.
1
2
3
4

1130 LED/IR Board
Battery Pack (1020)
Keyboard (1050)
Mylar Cover (1055)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Note
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 77

1140 System Board
Battery Pack (1020)
Memory Board (1030)
Hard Disk Drive (1040)
Mylar Cover (1055)
LCD Assembly (1070)
Sound Card (1080)
Diskette Drive (1100)
DC/DC Board (1110)
Keyboard Card (1120)
LED/IR Board (1130)
Attention
The system board fits very tightly in the bottom cover.
Pay special attention to the PCMCIA eject buttons,
audio connectors, and I/O connectors when removing
and replacing the system board.
Note
Procedure continues on the following page.

Important
If you replace the system board FRU, do the following
to update the system setup program.
3. Press Ctrl+Alt+F11 to access the setup screen.
4. Use the arrow keys to select Personalization.
5. Press Tab to edit.
6. At the Greeting screen, type in the required
information.
7. Press F3 to save.
8. Press Esc to access Exiting Setup.
9. Press F4 to save settings and reboot.
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 79

1150 PCMCIA Assembly
Battery Pack (1020)

Memory Board (1030)
LCD (1060)
Sound Card (1080)
CD-ROM (1090)
Diskette Drive (1100)
DC/DC Board (1110)
LED/IR (1130)
System Board Assembly (1140)
Note

Locations
System Front View

.1/ Color LCD Screen
.2/ Contrast Control
.3/ Brightness Control
.4/ Status Indicator
.5/ Built in Microphone
.6/ LCD Suspend Switch
.7/ PCMCIA Release Levers
.8/ PCMCIA Slots
.9/ Locking Device Keyhole
.1ð/ LCD and Keyboard Latch
.11/ Keyboard
.12/ Click Buttons
.13/ CD-ROM or Diskette Drive
.14/ Mechanical CD-ROM Eject Button
.15/ Electronic CD-ROM Eject Button
.16/ Fn Key
.17/ TrackPoint
.18/ Speaker Volume Control
.19/ Built in Speaker
3
4
5
15
14
13
12
11
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 81

System Rear View
.1/ LCD and Keyboard Latch
.2/ Power Switch
.3/ Microphone/Line-In Jack
.4/ Line-in Jack
.5/ Line-out Headphone Jack
.6/ Power Jack
.7/ MIDI/Joystick Port
.8/ External Diskette Drive Connector
.9/ Parallel Connector
.1ð/ Infrared (IR) Port
.11/ Serial Connector
.12/ Rear Door
.13/ External Display Connector
.14/ External Keyboard/Mouse Connector
.15/ Port Replicator Connector
2
3
4
7 6

System Board Switch Settings
4
3
2
1
N/A IBM 5X86

DX4-75
3.4V
3.6V 3.45V
Default
Memory Board Switch Settings
S1
S1
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 83

Parts Listing 365C, CD, CS, CSD (2625)
1
1a 1b
1c
1d
17 2
4 4a
3
5
6
16
7
8
15 9
14 10
13
12
11

System Unit - ThinkPad 365C, CD, CS, CSD Only
Important
The following FRUs are for ThinkPad 365C, CD, CS,
and CSD models only. For ThinkPad 365E and
365ED models, see “Parts Listing 365E, ED (2625)”
on page 87.
Index FRU
1 LCD Assembly, 10.4-Inch DSTN 75H7620
(LCD Cover Kit, Panel, Inverter, Cable)
1a LCD Cover Kit, 10.4-Inch DSTN 41H9818
1b LCD Panel, 10.4-Inch DSTN 41H7463
1c Inverter Board, 10.4-Inch DSTN 42H4049
1d Cable Assembly, 10.4-Inch DSTN 42H4051
1 LCD Assembly, 10.4-Inch TFT 75H7621
1a LCD Cover Kit, 10.4-Inch TFT 41H9819
1b LCD Panel, 10.4-Inch TFT 41H7464
1c Inverter Board, 10.4-Inch TFT 42H4055
1d Cable Assembly, 10.4-Inch TFT NA
- Order FRU 75H7621
2 Keyboard (U.S. Only) 41H9789
3 Mylar Cover
- See “Base Assembly (with Parts Kit)”
4 8MB Memory Board 88G1262
Memory Board Insulated Bracket (10) 75H7624
4a 4MB RAM Card (SO-DIMM) 92G7290
4a 16MB RAM Card (SO-DIMM) 92G7296
5 Keyboard Card 41H7436
6 Hard Disk Drive
- 340MB Hard Disk Drive 02K0485
- 720MB Hard Disk Drive 85G8371
- 810MB Hard Disk Drive 07H0392
- 1.08GB Hard Disk Drive 39H2221
7 PCMCIA Socket Assembly 75H7622
8 Processor, 80486-DX4 75MHz 88G1249
9 System Board (with PCMCIA Socket)
- 512K VRAM System Board 76H2986
- 1MB VRAM System Board 76H2984
10 Battery Pack 41H7438
11 Lower Cover Assembly 76H3079
Lower Cover Rubber Feet (2) 75H7609
12 DASD Devices
- Internal Diskette Drive Assembly 41H7444
- External Diskette Drive with Cable 75H7572
- CD-ROM (2X) Drive 41H7446
13 Volume Control Card 41H7434
14 LED/IR Board 41H7443
15 DC/DC Board 41H7433
16 Sound Card (16-Bit) 41H7449
16 Sound Card (No Audio) 41H7437
17 Upper Cover (with Screws, Gasket) 75H7573
AC Adapter (35W Universal) 85G6698
AC Power Cord (6-Inch - U.S.) 25H2207
Game Port Cable 75H7576
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 85

Index FRU
Base Assembly (With Parts Kit) 41H7432
- Upper Cover Bracket with Speaker,
- Power Switch Knob, Power Bracket,
- Support Bracket, Misc. Rubber Parts.
- TrackPoint Caps (2), IR Lens
Plastic Door/Bezel Package 41H7452
- PCMCIA, I/O, Modem, CD-ROM, FDD
- Replicator, Misc. Rubber Parts
Flat Plastic Cable Kit 75H7575
- DSTN, TFT, CD-ROM, Internal FDD
Replicator Base Assembly 41H7457
Replicator Cable Cover 41H7458
Mini-Replicator Assembly 75H7528
Miscellaneous Parts/Screws Kit 41H7456
- CD-ROM Removal Pin, Washers, Hex Nuts,
- Misc. Rubber Parts, Various Mylar Pieces,
- Keyboard Knobs, Power Knob, Rubber Pads
- Diskette Drive Brackets, Hard Disk Brackets
- Memory Board Bracket, Power Bracket
- Screw M2.5x3.5 (4), Screw M2x4 (6),
- Screw M3x4 (4), Screw M3x6 (4)
- Screw M2x5 pan (16), Screw M3x6 pan (4)
- Screw M3x6 binding (4)
TrackPoint Cap Kit 84G6536

Parts Listing 365E, ED (2625)
1
1a 1b
1c
1d
17 2
4 4a
3
5
6
16
7
8
15 9
14 10
13
12
11
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 87

System Unit - ThinkPad 365E, 365ED Only
Important
The following FRUs are for ThinkPad 365E and
365ED models only. For ThinkPad 365C, CD, CS,
and CSD models, see “Parts Listing 365C, CD, CS,
CSD (2625)” on page 84.
Index FRU
1 LCD Assembly, 10.4-Inch DSTN (365E Only) 75H7616
(U.S.-2625, model R6A, W9A)
1 LCD Assembly, 10.4-Inch DSTN (365ED Only) 75H7617
(U.S.-2625, model R6G, W9G)
1a LCD Cover Kit, 10.4-Inch DSTN (365E Only) 42H4047
1a LCD Cover Kit, 10.4-Inch DSTN (365ED Only) 75H7578
1b LCD Panel, 10.4-Inch DSTN 41H7463
(U.S.-2625, model R6A, R6G, W9A, W9G)
1c Inverter Board, 10.4-Inch DSTN 42H4049
1d Cable Assembly, 10.4-Inch DSTN 42H4051
1 LCD Assembly, 10.4-Inch TFT (365E Only) 75H7618
1 LCD Assembly, 10.4-Inch TFT (365ED Only) 75H7619
1a LCD Cover Kit, 10.4-Inch TFT (365E Only) 42H4053
1a LCD Cover Kit, 10.4-Inch TFT (365ED Only) 75H7579
1b LCD Panel, 10.4-Inch TFT 41H7464
1c Inverter Board, 10.4-Inch TFT 42H4055
1d Cable Assembly, 10.4-Inch TFT 42H4057
2 See “Keyboard”
3 Mylar Cover 42H4021
4 8MB Memory Board 88G1262
4 16MB Memory Board (Special Bid only) 76H2997
Memory Board Insulated Bracket (10) 75H7624
4a 4MB RAM Card (SO-DIMM) (Option) 92G7290
6 Hard Disk Drive
- 720MB Hard Disk Drive 85G8371
- 810MB Hard Disk Drive 07H0392
- 1.08GB Hard Disk Drive 39H2221
7 PCMCIA Socket Assembly 75H7622
8 Processor, IBM 5x86C 100MHz 40H4012
9 System Board, 1MB VRAM 76H2982
9 System Board, 1MB VRAM (Japan Only) 76H2982
11 Lower Cover Assembly 76H3123
Lower Cover Rubber Feet (2) 75H7609
12 DASD Devices
- Internal Diskette Drive Assembly 41H7444

Index FRU
- External Diskette Drive with Cable 75H7572
- External Diskette Drive 3-Mode (Japan Only) 10H4055
- External Diskette Drive Cable (Japan Only) 74H0219
- CD-ROM (4X) Drive 42H4042
13 Volume Control Card 41H7434
14 LED/IR Board 41H7443
15 DC/DC Board 42H4037
16 Sound Card (16-Bit) 42H4035
16 Sound Card (No Audio) 42H4033
17 Upper Cover (with Screws, Gasket) 75H7573
AC Adapter (35W Universal) 85G6698
AC Adapter (35W Japan Only) 85G6700
AC Power Cord (6-Inch - U.S.) 25H2207
Game Port Cable 75H7576
Base Assembly (With Parts Kit) 41H7432
- Upper Cover Bracket with Speaker,
- Power Switch Knob, Power Bracket,
- Support Bracket, Misc. Rubber Parts.
- TrackPoint Caps (2), IR Lens
Plastic Door/Bezel Package 75H7574
- PCMCIA, I/O, Modem, CD-ROM, FDD
- Replicator, Misc. Rubber Parts
Flat Plastic Cable Kit 75H7575
- DSTN, TFT, CD-ROM, Internal FDD
Replicator Base Assembly 41H7457
Replicator Cable Cover 41H7458
Mini-Replicator Assembly 75H7528
Miscellaneous Parts/Screws Kit 41H7456
- CD-ROM Removal Pin, Washers, Hex Nuts,
- Misc. Rubber Parts, Various Mylar Pieces,
- Keyboard Knobs, Power Knob, Rubber Pads
- Diskette Drive Brackets, Hard Disk Brackets
- Memory Board Bracket, Power Bracket
- Screw M2.5x3.5 (4), Screw M2x4 (6),
- Screw M2x5 pan (16), Screw M3x6 pan (4)
- Screw M3x6 binding (4)
TrackPoint Cap Kit 84G6536
Keyboard (Index Number 2)

Arabic 42H3936
Belgian 42H3937
Canadian (French) 42H3938
Danish 42H3939
Dutch 42H3940
Swedish 42H3941
French 42H3942
German 42H3943
Greek 42H3944
Hebrew 42H3945
Italian 42H3946
Japanese 42H3947
Latin American, Spanish 42H3948
ThinkPad 365 (2625) 89

Norwegian 42H3949
Portuguese/Brazil 42H3950
Russian 42H3956
Spanish 42H3951
Swiss French 42H3953
Swiss German 42H3952
Swiss French/German Combination 75H7562
Turkish 42H3954
United Kingdom 42H3955
United States 41H9789

ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625)
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
System Board and CPU Card Checkout . . . . . 98
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . . 98
TrackPoint III Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Port Replicator Game Port Checkout . . . . . . 99
Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Status Indicators Checkout . . . . . . . . . . 100
Power Systems Checkout . . . . . . . . . . 100
Power Management Features . . . . . . . . 104
Numeric Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
No-Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
LCD–Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Keyboard/TrackPoint III–Related Symptoms . . 113
Indicator–Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . 113
Power–Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 113
Function–Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . 114
Peripheral Device–Related Symptoms . . . . . 115
Infrared–Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . 115
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Intermittent Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Undetermined Problems . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
How to Run the Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . 120
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Diagnostic Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Checking the Installed Devices List . . . . . . 123
Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP) . . 124
How to Run a Low-Level Format . . . . . . . 124
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Fn Key Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Product Overview (365X, 365XD) . . . . . . . . 126
1010 Rear Connector Door . . . . . . . . . 128
1020 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
1025 Insulator Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
1030 DIMM Card (If Installed) . . . . . . . . 132
1040 Diskette Drive / CD-ROM Drive . . . . . 133
1045 Base Cover Assembly / Keyboard Latch 135
1050 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
1060 Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
1070 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1080 LCD Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
1085 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
1090 Indicator Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
1100 Volume Switch / Speaker Assembly . . . 156
1110 Keyboard Card / Cable . . . . . . . . . 157

1120 CPU Card and System Board Card . . . 159
1130 System Board / PCMCIA Slot Assembly . 162
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Inside View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Power-On Password Jumper Pads . . . . . . 168
Parts Listing 365X, 365XD (2625) . . . . . . . . 170
Model 365X - Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . 170
Model 365XD - CD-ROM Drive . . . . . . . . 172
Common/Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . . 179

Read This First
Before you go to the checkout guide, be sure to read this
section.
Important Notes
Only certified trained personnel should
service the computer.
Read FRU service procedures before replacing
any FRUs.
Be extremely careful during write operations
such as copying, saving, or formatting. Drives
in the computer that you are servicing might have
been rearranged or the drive startup sequence
might have been altered. If you select an
incorrect drive, data or programs can be written
over.
Replace FRUs only for the correct model.
When you replace the FRU, make sure the
model of the machine and FRU part number are
correct by referring to the parts list.
FRUs should not be replaced because of a
single, un-reproducible failure. Single failures
can occur from a variety of reasons that have
nothing to do with a hardware defect such as:
cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, or
software errors. FRU replacement should only
be considered when a recurring problem exists.
If this is suspected, clear the error log and run
the test again. Do not replace any FRUs if log
errors do not reappear.
Be careful not to replace a non-defective FRU.

codes displayed on the screen to diagnose failures. If
more than one error code is displayed, begin the diagnosis
with the first error code. The cause of the first error code
can result in false error codes being displayed. If no error
code is displayed, see if the error symptom is listed in the
“Symptom-to-FRU Index” on page 106.
Port Replicator Problems: If you suspect a

problem with the Port Replicator, see “Port Replicator
Checkout” in the “Common Devices Checkout” section.

could be caused by either FRU. Before replacing multiple
FRUs, try removing or exchanging each FRU, one by one
in the designated sequence, to see if the symptoms
change.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 93

What to Do First: The servicer must include the
following information on the parts exchange form or parts
return form that is attached to the returned FRU:
2. Date of service.
Before checking problems with the computer, determine

whether or not the damage is covered by the warranty by
referring to the following:
Warranty Note
responsible for repair costs if the computer damage
was caused by misuse, accident, modification,
unsuitable physical or operating environment, or
improper maintenance by the customer. The following
list provides some common items that are not covered
under warranty and some symptoms that may indicate
the system was subjected to stresses beyond normal
use.
LCD panel cracked by excessive force or being
dropped.
broken pins, or broken connectors caused by
excessive force.
Damage caused by liquid spilled into the system.
card.
Damage caused by foreign material in the
diskette drive slot.
Diskette drive damage caused by pressing the
diskette drive cover or inserting diskettes with
multiple labels.
Damaged or bent diskette eject button.
CD-ROM drive damage caused by excessive
force, shock, or from being dropped.
Fuses blown by attaching a non-supported
device.
Forgotten computer or hard disk password
(making computer or hard disk unusable).

If the following symptoms are present, they may
indicate damage caused by non-warranted
activity:
Missing parts may be a symptom of unauthorized
excessive force or if the HDD is dropped.
I9990303 errors can be caused by exposure to
strong magnetic fields.
How to Disable the Power-On Password:

Important
Supervisor and Hard Disk Passwords: The

Supervisor Password and the Hard Disk Password (HDP)
are security features that are used to protect the system
and the hard disk data from unauthorized access. No
overriding capability is provided. If only a hard disk
password is set, obtaining permission from the password
owner to unlock the password is a prerequisite for running
diagnostic tests and performing service. If both supervisor
password and hard disk password are set, you can enter
Easy-Setup by pressing the Enter key or power-on
password at the supervisor password prompt. In this case,
the Password, Start up, and Initialize icons cannot be
selected.
See “Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP)” on

page 124 for more information about passwords.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 95

Checkout Guide
problems.
Note
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
products. Non-IBM products, prototype cards, or
modified options can give false errors and invalid
system responses.

possible.
the same operation.
Note
To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run the
3. Use the following table with the verified symptom to

determine which page to go to. Search the
symptoms column and find the description that best
matches your symptom; then go to the page shown in
the “Go to” column.
Symptoms (Verified) Go to
Power failure. (The “Power Systems
power indicator does not Checkout” on page 100.
go on or stay on.)
POST does not “Symptom-to-FRU
complete. No beeps or Index” on page 106,
error codes are and then use the
indicated. No-Beep Symptoms
table.
POST beeps, but no “Symptom-to-FRU
error codes are Index” on page 106,
displayed. and then use the Beep
Symptoms table.
POST detected an error “Symptom-to-FRU
and displayed numeric Index” on page 106,
error codes. and then use the
Numeric Error Codes
table.
The diagnostic test “FRU Codes” on
detected an error and page 123.
displayed a FRU code.

The configuration is not “Checking the Installed
the same as the Devices List” on
installed devices. page 123.
Other symptoms (such “Symptom-to-FRU
as LCD display Index” on page 106,
problems). and then use the Other
Symptoms table.
Symptoms cannot be Use the customer
recreated. (Intermittent reported symptoms and
problems.) go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Index” on page 106.
Memory Checkout
DIMM cards are available for increasing memory capacity.
DIMM Displayed Value

No DIMM installed 7808KB
8MB 16000KB
16MB 24192KB
32MB 40576KB

messages on the screen, or hang the system.
Note
Make sure that the DIMM is fully installed into the
connector. Both latches must be latched completely.
A loose connection can cause error code 195.
1. Power off the computer and remove the DIMM from

its slot (if installed).
2. Press and hold the F1 key; then power on the
computer. Hold the F1 key down until the
Easy-Setup screen appears.
3. Select Test and press Enter.
4. Select Memory and press Enter to run the memory
test on base memory. If an error appears, replace
the system board.
5. Power off the computer and reinstall the DIMM; then
power on the computer. Verify the memory size; then
test the memory. If an error appears, replace the
DIMM.
If memory problems occur intermittently, make sure the

DIMM socket latches are latched completely. If the DIMM
latches are securely latched, use the loop option to repeat
the test. When the test detects an error, an error log is
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 97

printed on the printer connected to the parallel port. See
“Error Log” on page 121 for more information.
System Programs in Flash Memory: System setup

programs and diagnostic tests are stored in flash memory.

required for the following conditions:
New versions of system programs.
New features or options are added.
To update the flash memory, do the following:

1. Get the appropriate diskette containing the update.
2. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into
drive A and power on the computer.
3. Select Update system programs from the menu.
System Board and CPU Card Checkout

The processing functions are performed by both the
system board and the CPU card. Processor problems can
be caused by either FRU. However, the CPU card
generally has a lower probability of failure. When a
numeric code calls the system board or the CPU card as a
FRU, or the CPU card is called by a diagnostic test by
showing FRU code 11, use the following procedure to
isolate the problem:
1. Run the system board test to verify the symptom.
This test verifies both the system board and the CPU
card. If no error is detected, return to “Checkout
Guide” on page 96.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board
but do not replace the CPU card. Transfer the CPU
card from the old system board to the new system
board.
3. If FRU code 11 appears, reseat the CPU card.
4. Rerun the test to verify the fix.
5. If FRU code 11 remains, replace the CPU card.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to


Checkout
Remove the external keyboard if the internal keyboard is to
be tested.
If the internal keyboard does not work or an unexpected

character appears, make sure that the three flexible cables
extending from the keyboard are correctly seated in the
connectors on the keyboard card.
If the keyboard cable connections are correct, check the

keyboard card.

If the TrackPoint III will not work, check the configuration in
the ThinkPad Features program. If the configuration of the
TrackPoint III is disabled, select Enable to enable it.
If this does not correct the TrackPoint III problem, continue

with the following steps.
The TrackPoint III does automatic compensations to adjust

the pointer sensor. During this process, the pointer moves
on the screen automatically for a short time. This
self-acting pointer movement can occur when a slight,
steady pressure is applied to the TrackPoint III pointer
while the computer is powered on or while the system is
running, or when re-adjustment is required because the
temperature has exceeded its normal temperature range.
This symptom does not indicate a hardware problem. No
service actions are necessary if the pointer movement
stops in a short period of time.
If a click button problem or pointing stick problem occurs,

do the following:
1. Go to the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Select an item with the pointing stick.
3. Press either the left or right click button.
4. Verify that both buttons work correctly.
If either the pointing stick or the click button do not work,

Reseat the keyboard card cables.
Port Replicator Game Port Checkout

Do the following if a Port Replicator joystick problem
occurs:
1. Connect the joystick to the Port Replicator game port.
3. Select an item with the joystick.
4. Press any button of the joystick.
5. Verify that all buttons work correctly.
If either the joystick or a button does not work, replace the

Port Replicator. If the problem still remains, replace the
system board.
Diskette Drive Test

2HD diskette is required.
FDD-1 represents the built-in diskette drive for 365X.

FDD-2 represents a diskette drive in the Port Replicator or
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 99

a diskette drive attached through the external diskette drive
connector.
Warning: Make sure that the diskette does not have

more than one label attached to it. Multiple labels can
cause damage to the drive or can cause the drive to fail.
Do the following to select the test device:

1. Select the advanced diagnostics mode and select
Tool; then select the FDD-1 or FDD-2 icon and press
the spacebar. A √ mark appears next to the selected
icon. Insert a blank diskette when instructed.
2. Run the diskette drive test.
3. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code 10
appears. Replace the system board.
4. If the controller test runs without errors, the drive
read/write tests start automatically.
5. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50 for
FDD-1 or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
is known to be good, replace the drive.
Status Indicators Checkout

If a status indicator LED problem occurs, do the following:
1. Power off the computer.
2. Power on the computer.
3. All the LEDs in the status indicator panel turn on for a
moment soon after the computer is powered on.
Verify that all indicators turn on correctly.
If some of the indicators do not turn on, replace the LED

indicator card.
If the problem still remains, replace the keyboard card.

To verify the symptom of the problem, power on the
computer using each of the power sources as follows:
1. Remove the battery pack, diskette drive, and hard
disk drive.
supplied.
3. Install the diskette drive or hard disk drive one at a
time, and check that power is supplied from each
power source.
then check that power is supplied by the battery pack.
“Checking the AC Adapter” on page 101.
“Checking the Backup Battery” on page 103.

used.
If the power problem occurs only when a Port
Replicator is used, replace the replicator.
and installation.
Note
There are two types of adapters. The procedure for
checking both types is the same.

Adapter cable. See the following figure:
2
1
(16 - 10 V)
Pin Voltage (V dc)

1 +14.5 to +17.0
2 Ground
If the voltage is correct, replace the system board.

If the problem is not corrected, go to “Undetermined
Problems” on page 116.
over-voltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
Adapter.
Note
An audible noise from the AC Adapter does not
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 101

battery pack that has less than 50% of the total power
remaining when installed in the computer.

indicator does not turn on, remove the battery pack and
leave it to return to room temperature. Reinstall the
battery pack. If the charge indicator still does not turn on,
replace the battery pack.

battery pack from being overcharged or having a
shortened life.
Do the following:
following figure:
6 (-)
5 (T)
2 (+)
Terminal Voltage (V dc) / Signal

1 —
2 +8 to +13.5
3 —
4 —
5 Thermal
6 Ground (−)
Note
Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used for
communication between the system and the
battery.

has been discharged. Recharge the battery pack.
If the voltage is still less than +9.6 V dc after
Note
If the voltage of the battery pack is 0 V, it is not
defective.

resistance must be 4 K to 30 K ohm.
pack. If the resistance is correct, replace the system
board.
Checking the Backup Battery

1. Power off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard and remove the battery pack.
3. Lift the right-hand section of the black insulator sheet.
4. Locate the backup battery on the system board,
shown at .1/.
5. Using a plastic tool, remove the backup battery from

the system board.
DANGER
Do not use a metal tool when removing

the backup battery. Use only a plastic
tool.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 103

6. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. Refer to
the following table for voltages:
Wire Voltage (V dc)

+ +2.5 to +3.7
− Ground

If the voltage is not correct, the backup battery has
been discharged. Replace the backup battery.
If the backup battery discharges quickly after
replacement, replace the system board.

Three power management modes are provided by the
computer to reduce power consumption and prolong
battery power.

occurs:
Events that cause the computer to enter standby mode:

Standby requested by the Fn key. (Fn+F3)
ThinkPad Features program.
Events that cause the computer to exit or resume standby

mode:

following, in addition to the two actions of standby mode,
occur:
The LCD is powered off.
The hard disk is powered off.
The CPU is stopped.
Notes
1. In the ThinkPad Features Program, the computer
can be set to “Will not suspend even if LCD is
closed.”
2. When the computer is powered with ac power
and is used with one of the communication PC
cards, the computer enters standby mode; the
PC card and application program remain active.
3. The computer cannot enter suspend mode while
a communication link is running.

Events that cause the computer to enter suspend mode:
The LCD is closed.
parallel connector, or diskette drive; or the AC
Adapter is plugged in. The time is specified by
Suspend Timer in the ThinkPad Features program.
The battery condition is low. The battery power
indicator blinks amber.
Either the PS2 OFF or PS2 SUSpend command is
set in the ThinkPad Features program.
Events that cause the computer to exit or resume suspend

mode:
(Resume) The real time clock alarm is signaled.
(Resume) The ring indicator (RI) is signaled by a
serial or PCMCIA device.
(Resume) The Fn key is pressed.
(Resume) An external keyboard key is pressed while
operating with ac power.
(Exit) Timer (timeout) conditions are satisfied for
entering hibernation mode.

following occurs:
The system is powered off.
Note
The computer cannot enter hibernation mode when
the computer is powered with ac power and a
communication PC card is used.
Events that cause the computer to enter hibernation mode:

The keyboard is opened.
Hibernation mode is requested by the Fn key
(Fn+F12).
Timer/timeout conditions are satisfied in suspend
mode.
A critical low battery condition occurs.
The PS2 HIBernation command is set in the
Event that causes the computer to exit hibernation mode:

When power is turned on, the hibernation history in the

ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 105

The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists the symptoms and errors
and the possible causes. The most likely cause is listed
first.
Note
Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the
sequence shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a
FRU did not solve the problem, put the original part
back in the computer. Do not replace a non-defective
FRU.
This index can also be used to help you decide which

FRUs to have available when servicing a computer.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in POST or

system operation. In the following error codes, X can be
any number.
If no codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed, go to “Undetermined

Note
For any IBM device not supported by the diagnostic
codes in this ThinkPad computer, see the manual for
that device.
Numeric Error Codes

Symptom / Error FRU / Action in Sequence
10X 1. System Board
101 Interrupt failure.
102 Timer failure.
103 Timer interrupt failure.
104 Protected mode
failure.
105 Last 8042 command
not accepted.
107 NMI test failure.
108 Timer bus test failure.
109 Low meg-chip select
test.
110 1. Go to “Memory
(Planar parity.) Checkout” on
page 97.
2. DIMM
3. The computer is
attached to a Port
Replicator.
4. System Board

(I/O parity.) Checkout” on
page 97.
2. Port Replicator
3. System Board
158 1. Set an HDP for the
(HDP was not set even hard disk drive.
though the supervisor
password is set.)
159 1. Set a correct HDP for
(HDP is not set the same as the hard disk drive.
the supervisor password.)
161 1. Go to “Checking the
(Dead battery.) Backup Battery” on
page 103.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
163 1. Set Time and Date.
(Time and Date were not 2. Backup Battery
set.) 3. System Board
173 1. Select OK in the error
(Configuration data was screen; then set the
lost.) time and date.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
174 1. Check Device
(Configuration error: Configuration.
Perform “Checking the 2. System Board
Installed Devices List” on 3. Diskette Drive
page 123 before changing Assembly
any FRUs.) 4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly
175, 177, 178 1. System Board
175 EEPROM CRC #1
error.
177 Supervisor password
check sum error.
178 EEPROM is not
functional.
183 1. Have the user
(Incorrect password entered examine the
at the supervisor password password.
prompt.)
184 1. Reset the POP
(POP check sum error.) (power-on password)
in Easy-Setup.
185 1. Reset the startup
(The startup sequence is sequence in
not valid. Suspect that Easy-Setup.
power was off when the
startup sequence was being
updated.)
186 1. System Board
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 107

188 1. Set the system
(EEPROM CRC #2 error.) identification using
the ThinkPad 750Ce
hardware
maintenance diskette.
(Depleted battery pack was Battery Pack” on
installed when the power page 102.
was on.)
191XX 1. System Board
(PM initialization error.) 2. CPU card
195 1. Check if the
(The configuration read from configuration was
the hibernation area does changed.
not match the actual For example, check if
configuration.) the hard disk drive is
from another computer.
Also, when a DIMM
card has been
installed, unsecured
DIMM latches can
result in this error.
Make sure the DIMM is
securely seated and
fully latched into place.
196 1. Run the hard disk
(Read error occurred in the drive test.
hibernation area of the 2. Hard Disk Drive
HDD.)
(Resume error.)
1XX 1. System Board
2XX 1. Go to “Memory
201 Memory data error. Checkout” on
202 Memory line error page 97.
00–15. 2. DIMM
203 Memory line error 3. System Board
16–23.
205 Memory test failure
on on-board memory.
221 ROM to RAM remap
error.
301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX 1. Go to
(301: Keyboard error.) “Keyboard/Auxiliary
Input Device
Checkout” on
page 98.
2. Keyboard
3. External Numeric
Keypad
4. External Keyboard
5. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
6. Keyboard Card
7. System Board

601, 6XX 1. Go to “Diskette Drive
(601: Diskette drive or Test” on page 99.
controller error.) 2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board
602 1. Go to “Diskette Drive
(Diskette read error.) Test” on page 99.
2. Diskette
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
(Unacceptable ID was read Test” on page 99.
from the diskette drive.) 2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. System Board
11XX 1. Serial Device
1101: Serial_A test failure. 2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
1201: Serial_B test failure.
17XX 1. Hard Disk Drive
1701 Hard disk controller 2. System Board
failure.
1780, 1790 Hard disk 0
error.
1781, 1791 Hard disk 1
error.
(2401: System board video
error.)
808X 1. Reseat the PCMCIA
8081 PCMCIA presence Connector.
test failure. 2. PCMCIA Slot
(PCMCIA revision Assembly
number also 3. PCMCIA Device
checked.) 4. System Board
8082 PCMCIA register
test failure.
860X 1. External Mouse
(Pointing device error when 2. External Keyboard
TrackPoint III is disabled.) 3. System Board
8601 System bus
error–8042 mouse
interface.
8602 External mouse
error.
8603 System bus error or
mouse error.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 109

861X 1. Reseat the keyboard
(Pointing device error when connector.
TrackPoint III is enabled.) 2. Reseat the keyboard
8611 System bus TrackPoint III cable on
error–I/F between the keyboard card.
8042 and IPDC. See “1070 Keyboard
8612 TrackPoint error. Unit” on page 139.
8613 System board or 3. Keyboard
TrackPoint error. 4. External Mouse
5. System Board
I9990301 1. Reseat the boot
I9990302 device.
I9990305 2. Check the startup
I9990301 Hard disk error. sequence for the
I9990302 Invalid hard correct boot device.
disk boot 3. Check that the
record. operating system has
I9990305 No bootable no failure and is
device. installed correctly.
I9990303 1. System Board

(Bank 2 flash ROM check
sum error.)
Other codes not listed 1. Go to “Undetermined
above Problems” on
page 116.
Beep Symptoms
Continuous beeps. System Board
One beep and a 1. Reseat the LCD connector.
blank, unreadable, or 2. LCD Assembly
flashing LCD. 3. System Board
One beep, and the 1. Boot device
message “Unable to 2. System Board
access boot source.”
One long beep, two 1. System Board
short beeps, and a 2. LCD Assembly
blank or unreadable
LCD.
One long beep Connect the AC Adapter or
followed by four short install a fully charged battery.
beeps each time the
power switch is
operated.
(System cannot
power on because of
low battery voltage.)
One beep every Connect the AC Adapter or
second. install a fully charged battery
(System shuts down (allows system to complete
because of low shutdown before changing the
battery voltage.) battery).

Two short beeps with POST error. See “Numeric Error
error codes. Codes” on page 106.
Two short beeps with System Board
blank screen.
No-Beep Symptoms
No beep, power-on 1. Go to “Power Systems
indicator not on, and Checkout” on page 100.
a blank LCD during 2. System Board
POST. 3. Power sources
No beep, power-on 1. System Board
indicator on, and a 2. CPU Card
blank LCD during
POST.
blinking cursor only
during POST.
No beep during 1. Turn the volume up and
POST but system check the speaker.
runs correctly. 2. Speaker / Volume Switch
Assembly
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 111

LCD–Related Symptoms
Important
The TFT LCD on some models of this computer

contains over 1,440,000 thin-film transistors (TFTs). A
small number of missing, discolored, or lighted dots
(on all the time) is characteristic of TFT LCD
technology, but excessive pixel problems can cause
viewing concerns. The LCD should be replaced if the
number of dots satisfies the following condition:
The number of missing, discolored, or lighted
dots in any background is 21 or more.

blank LCD during
POST.
LCD backlight 1. Reseat the LCD connectors.
not working, or 2. LCD Assembly
LCD too dark, or
LCD brightness
cannot be
adjusted, or
LCD contrast
cannot be
adjusted.
LCD screen 1. See important note for
unreadable, or “LCD–Related Symptoms.”
Characters 2. Reseat all LCD connectors.
missing pels, or 3. LCD Assembly
Screen 4. System Board
abnormal, or
Wrong color
displayed.
LCD has extra LCD Assembly
horizontal or vertical
lines displayed.

Keyboard/TrackPoint III–Related
Symptoms
Keyboard (one or 1. Reseat the keyboard
more keys) does not connector.
work. 2. Reseat the three keyboard
cables on the keyboard card.
3. Keyboard
4. Keyboard Card
5. System Board
TrackPoint III does 1. Reseat the keyboard
not work. connector.
2. Go to “TrackPoint III
3. Keyboard
4. System Board
Pointer moves 1. See “TrackPoint III
automatically or does Checkout” on page 99.
not work correctly.
Indicator–Related Symptoms
Indicator incorrectly 1. Reseat the LED Indicator
remains off or on, but Card cable.
system runs 2. LED Indicator Card
correctly. 3. System Board
Power–Related Symptoms
Power shuts down 1. Go to “Power Systems
during operation. Checkout” on page 100.
2. Battery Pack
3. Remove the battery pack and
let it cool for two hours.
4. Power sources
The system will not System Board
power off.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 113

Function–Related Symptoms
The system will not 1. Go to “Hibernation Mode”
enter hibernation on page 105 and check
mode by opening the whether the computer can
keyboard. enter hibernation mode.
2. Enable hibernation mode
using the ThinkPad Features
program.
3. Boot an operating system and
press Fn+F12. If the
computer enters hibernation
mode, suspect that the
application program is not
working properly.
4. CPU Card
5. Initialize the system in
Easy-Setup.
6. System Board
The system will not 1. Go to “Suspend Mode” on
suspend or resume page 104, and check that
by opening or closing the computer can enter
the LCD. suspend mode.
2. Boot an operating system and
press Fn+F4. If the computer
enters suspend mode,
suspect that the application
program is not working
properly.
3. Initialize the system in
Easy-Setup.
4. Keyboard Card
5. System Board
Battery Fuel-Gauge Go to “Checking the Battery
does not go higher Pack” on page 102 and see the
than 90%. note.
Memory count (size) Go to “Memory Checkout” on
appears different page 97.
from actual size.
System configuration Go to “Checking the Installed
does not match the Devices List” on page 123.
installed devices.
System hangs Go to “Intermittent Problems”
intermittently. on page 115.

Peripheral Device–Related Symptoms
External display does 1. See “External Display
not work correctly. Self-Test” in “Common
Devices Checkout” section.
3. Cable
4. System Board
Serial or parallel port 1. Device
device problems. 2. Device Cable
3. System Board
Infrared–Related Symptoms
Unable to 1. Make sure the setup for the
communicate using IR is correct.
the Infrared (IR) Port. 2. Make sure there are no
fluorescent lights near the
computer.
The computer may receive
optical interference from the
fluorescent light.
3. Reseat the IR unit.
4. Run the advanced diagnostic
test. If an error occurs and a
FRU code is displayed,
replace the parts shown by
the FRU code.
Other Symptoms
Errors occur only See “Port Replicator Checkout”
when Port Replicator in the “Common Devices
is used. Checkout” section.
PCMCIA slot pin is PCMCIA Slots Assembly
damaged.
Note
If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list and
the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 116.
defect, such as: cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge,
or software errors. FRU replacement should only be
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 115

1. Run the advanced diagnostic test for the system
board in loop mode at least 10 times.
2. If no error is detected, do not replace any FRUs.
3. If any error is detected, replace the FRU shown by
the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that no more
errors exist.

computer.
FRU.
a. Non-IBM devices
b. Devices attached to the expansion bus
connector
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Internal diskette drive or CD-ROM drive
g. DIMM
h. PC Cards
failing FRU.
7. If the problem still remains, remove the backup
battery and wait for 3 minutes; then replace the
backup battery and set current date and time.
Keyboard card
LCD assembly
System board
CPU card

“Status Indicators”
“How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 120
“Diagnostic Error Codes” on page 121
“Error Log” on page 121
“Checking the Installed Devices List” on page 123
“Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP)” on
page 124
“How to Run a Low-Level Format” on page 124
“PC Test Card LED” on page 124
“Fn Key Combinations” on page 125
“Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout” on
page 98
Status Indicators
The system status LED indicators show the current
computer status in green and amber using symbols. The
following shows the location of each symbol and the
meaning of each indicator.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10
.1/ Battery Green Indicates that sufficient

Power Status power remains for
operation. The battery
power status cannot be
determined when the
battery is not installed in the
computer.
Blinking Indicates that the battery
Amber pack needs charging.
When the indicator starts
blinking amber, the
computer beeps three
times.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 117

.2/ Battery Green Indicates that the battery

Charging pack is charging. When the
indicator turns off, the
battery pack is fully
charged.
Off Indicates that the battery
pack is charged (if the AC
Adapter is attached).
.3/ Diskette Amber Turns on when data is
Drive In Use written to or read from the
internal diskette drive.
.4/ Hard Disk Amber Turns on when data is read

In-Use from or written to the hard
disk or internal CD-ROM.
Do not enter suspend mode
or turn off the computer
when this indicator is on.
.5/ Numeric Green When on, indicates the
Lock numeric keypad on the
keyboard is enabled. You
enable and disable the
keypad by pressing and
holding the Shift key. Then
press the NumLk key.
.6/ Caps Lock Green When on, indicates the
Caps Lock mode is
enabled. All alphabetic
characters (A–Z) are
entered in capital letters
without pressing the Shift
key. You enable and
disable Caps Lock mode by
pressing the Caps Lock
key.
.7/ Scroll Lock Green Alternately turns on and off
each time the Scroll Lock
key is pressed.
While this indicator is on,
the Arrow keys are used as
screen-scroll function keys.
In this state, the cursor
cannot be moved with the
Arrow keys. Not all
application programs
support this function.

.8/ Suspend Green When on, indicates the

Mode computer is in suspend
mode.
Blinking Indicates that the computer
Green is entering suspend mode
or hibernation mode, or the
computer is resuming
normal operation.
.9/ Power On Green Shows that the computer is
operational. This indicator
turns on when the computer
is turned on and the
computer is not in suspend
mode.
.1ð/ CD-ROM Amber 365XD: turns on when data
Drive / is read from a CD in the
Diskette CD-ROM drive. Do not
Drive In-Use enter suspend mode or
LED eject the CD when this
indicator is on.
Amber 365X: turns on when data
is read from or written to a
diskette in the internal
diskette drive. Do not enter
suspend mode or eject the
diskette when this indicator
is on.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 119

How to Run the Diagnostics
Use either the TrackPoint III or the cursor move keys to
interact with the tests. The Enter key works the same as
selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
Note
Make sure you have the following tools available
before starting the tests:
Wrap Plug (P/N 72X8546) for the serial and
parallel connector tests.
Wrap Plug (P/N 35G4680) for the PCMCIA tests.
Scratch diskette for the FDD1 or FDD2 tests.
Any data CD for the CD-ROM drive test.

3. Select a device and press Enter to run the test.
4. The test progress screen appears.
5. OK appears when the test ends without any errors.
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test by pressing
Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu screen.
7. Select Tool to install the tools.
8. Select a device, press the Spacebar and install the
tool. Multiple devices can be selected by repeating
this step.
A √ mark appears beside the selected devices.
9. Select OK and press Enter if the selection is OK.
10. Select a device and press Enter to start the tests.
11. Select Test All to test all devices.
12. Select Loop Test to run the tests in a repeated loop.
A loop option menu appears in which a device loop or
all-device loop can be selected. Select a device and
press the Spacebar to select a device. Repeat this
step to select multiple devices. Press Enter to start
the diagnostic loop. If no device is selected, all
device tests are looped.
13. To exit the loop, keep pressing Ctrl+Pause until the
test exits. A beep sounds to notify that the exit
interrupt is sensed by the test program.

Error Log
Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer that is attached
to the parallel port when the error is detected. The error is
also logged in the system memory.
Do the following to display the errors:

1. End the test, if it is running.
2. Press Ctrl+A to select the advanced diagnostic mode.
3. Press Ctrl+E.
4. The error log appears.
5. To exit the screen, select the cancel icon or press
Esc.
The error log is not saved when the system is powered-off.
Diagnostic Error Codes

If an error is detected, the following appears:
Large X on the left side of the device icon.
Device ID (three digit)
Error code (two digit)
FRU code (four digit)
Start Restart
1
X
SystemBoard Memory Display HDD FDD-1 PCMCIA Parallel
2
Serial DSP CDROM Infrared Audio FDD-2
Exit
The device ID and error code are used to indicate the

detail portion of the FRU which caused the error. If
replacing a FRU does not correct the problem, see the
device ID or error code from the previous failure. If they
have changed, the cause might be because the new FRU
is defective or that the FRU was incorrectly installed.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 121

Device ID: If an error is detected by the diagnostic
tests, a three-digit device ID is displayed. The device ID
indicates the suspected device.
Icon Device Suspected Device

ID
001 System Board
SystemBoard 003 Keyboard

007 Math Coprocessor
086 Pointing Device
002 Memory
Memory
050 Display
Display
017 Hard Disk Drive
HDD
1 006 Diskette Drive
FDD-1
066 External Diskette Drive
2
FDD-2
080 PCMCIA
009 Parallel
Parallel
011 Serial
Serial
215 CD-ROM
CDROM
103 Infrared port
Infrared
150 Audio (ESS AudioDrive
Sound Chip)
Audio

FRU Codes: If an error is detected by the diagnostic
tests, a four-digit FRU code is displayed. The FRU code
indicates two suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is
indicated by the two leftmost digits first, then replace the
FRU indicated by the two rightmost digits. No FRU is
assigned to code 00. If only one FRU is suspected, the
other FRU code is filled with zeros. See the referenced
page before replacing the FRU.
FRU Code FRU/Action

10 System Board
11 CPU Card
20 Memory
(See “Memory Checkout” on page 97.)
30 Reserved
32 External Keyboard
33 External Mouse
40 LCD Assembly
45 External CRT
50 1. Reseat the Diskette Drive (FDD-1)
2. Diskette Drive (FDD-1)
60 1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive (HDD)
2. Hard Disk Drive (HDD)
72 PCMCIA Slot Assembly
90 CD-ROM Drive
If the problem remains after replacement of the FRUs, go

to “Undetermined Problems” on page 116.
Checking the Installed Devices List

If a device is installed but the icon appears in a gray shade
rather than a dark shade on the basic diagnostics screen,
the device is defective. Reseat the device connectors. If
the symptom remains, replace the device or the system
board. If needed, adjust the contrast control to clearly
distinguish the shade of the icon.
If a device that is not installed appears in a dark shade (for

example, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when no second
FDD is installed), do the following:
1. Replace the first device in the configuration, such as
the FDD-1.
2. If the problem remains, replace the system board.
The PCMCIA, Parallel, and Serial icons are always

displayed in a dark shade because the icons represent
subsystems of the system board and not the actual
attachment of the devices.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 123

The FDD-1 icon represents the first drive in the system
configuration. Similarly, the FDD-2 icon represents the
second drive, attached to the external diskette drive
connector or through a Port Replicator.
Password Combinations (POP, HDP,

PAP)
When the power-on password (POP), hard disk password
(HDP), and supervisor password (PAP) are used, the
following situations may occur:
When the POP is the same as the HDP

The POP prompt appears, but the HDP prompt does
not appear.
When the POP is not the same as the HDP
The POP and HDP prompts both appear.
When the PAP and HDP are enabled
When a PAP is used, the HDP is enabled
automatically, but no HDP prompt appears. The HDP
is set to the same password as the PAP.
How to Run a Low-Level Format

Do the following to format the hard disk.
Warning: Make sure the drive address to be formatted is
correct. This procedure will erase all information on the
disk.

2. Insert the ThinkPad 750Ce hardware maintenance
diskette into diskette drive A and power on the
computer.
Note
You can use this maintenance diskette for the
ThinkPad 365X and 365XD computers.
3. Select Format the hard disk from the main menu.

4. Select the drive from the menu.
PC Test Card LED

The green LED on the PC test card turns on when the
PCMCIA test is running. If the LED does not turn on,
check that the card is installed correctly by reseating the
card. If it still does not turn on after it is reseated, try
using another slot for the test. If the LED still does not
turn on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown by the
diagnostic error code.

Fn Key Combinations
The following table shows the Fn key and function key
combinations and their corresponding functions.

Fn + Description
F1 Reserved
F2 Fuel-Gauge display ON/OFF
F3 Standby mode invocation
F4 Suspend mode invocation
F5 Reserved
F6 Reserved
F7 LCD/CRT display switching
F8 Reserved
F9 Reserved
F10 Reserved
F11 Power management mode switching
(Toggles between High Power, Auto, and
Customize settings.)
F12 Hibernation invocation
Page Up Reserved
Page Down Reserved
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 125

Product Overview (365X, 365XD)
The following table shows an overview of the system
features.
Feature Description
Processor Intel Pentium 100 MHz,
120 MHz, or 133 MHz.
Bus Architecture PCI
Memory (Standard) 8MB
Memory (Option) 8 MB, 16 MB, or 32 MB
DIMM card, maximum 40 MB
(70ns, 144-pin EDO)
CMOS RAM 114 bytes
SVGA Video 10.4-inch, 65,536 colors
800×600 pixel TFT color LCD
11.3-inch, 65,536 colors
800×600 pixel TFT color LCD
10.4-inch, 256 colors,
800×600 pixel DSTN color
LCD
11.3-inch, 256 colors,
800×600 pixel DSTN color
LCD
Diskette Drive 1.44MB (2-mode), 3.5-inch
(For 365X: built-in; 1.44MB (3-mode), 3.5-inch,
for 365XD: external) for Japan
Hard Disk Drive 720MB, 2.5-inch, IDE
810MB, 2.5-inch, IDE
1.08GB, 2.5-inch, IDE
I/O Port Headphone
Microphone
Stereo Line-In
Port Replicator
Audio ESS AudioDrive Sound Chip
Internal speaker
Mechanical volume
CD-ROM 5-inch, X4, X6, or X8 speed,
(For 365XD: built-in) IDE interface
Infrared Transfer Rear IR port
IrDA** 1.0 compliant
115K bps
PCMCIA** Cards One Type III
or two Type II

replacements.
Do not damage any part. Only certified and trained



ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 127

Remove the center latch, then remove the rear connector
door by flexing it.

1020 Battery Pack
Note
Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 129

1025 Insulator Sheet
To access items under the keyboard other than the battery
pack, first raise the black insulator sheet as shown in the
figures.
To access the hard disk drive and DIMM slots, remove the
three screws and raise the middle section of the insulator
sheet, as shown in the figures.
The location of the screws is different according to the

model.
OR

Step Screw Location (Quantity) Length
.1/ Insulator Sheet (2) M3 x 3
mm
.2/ HDD Bracket (1) M2 x 5
mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screws when replacing.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 131

1030 DIMM Card (If Installed)
Battery Pack (1020)
Lift Insulator Sheet (1025)
3 Notch
2
1

1040 Diskette Drive / CD-ROM Drive
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive (Model 365X):

Note
Release the latch at the left side of the diskette drive,
as shown in the figure at .3/, and remove the diskette
drive.

.1/ Diskette Drive (2) M2 x 5
mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 133

CD-ROM Drive (Model 365XD)
Warning
Remove the CD-ROM drive exactly as shown in the

figure. Do not apply any extra force to the CD-ROM
drive when removing it.

.1/ CD-ROM Drive (2) M2 x 8
mm

1045 Base Cover Assembly / Keyboard
Latch
Battery Pack (1020)
Diskette Drive / CD-ROM Drive (1040)
Note
Push the keyboard latch from the outside of the base
cover (.1/), then pull out the latch (.2/). Some
pressure might be needed to push the latch.
When replacing:
Assemble the parts as shown below; then replace the
latch.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 135

Battery Pack (1020)
Warning

Notes
1. Before removing the hard disk drive, eject the
CD-ROM tray by by inserting a pin into the
mechanical eject hole on the front of the
CD-ROM drive. Pull the tray out fully.
Otherwise, the CD-ROM drive may be damaged
when you remove the hard disk drive.
2. Remove the hard disk drive exactly as shown in
the figure. Do not apply any extra force to the
hard disk drive when removing it.
3. This procedure is the same for Model 365X and
Model 365XD.
2
Eject hole

1060 Top Cover
Battery Pack (1020)
2 1

.2/ Top Cover (2) M2 x 5
mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 137

Note
When replacing the top cover, be careful not to
damage the resume switch. Ensure that the resume
switch extends through the hole, as shown in the
figure.
When replacing
Resume switch
3

1070 Keyboard Unit
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
When replacing the keyboard unit, connect the keyboard

connector as shown in the figure; then replace the
keyboard.
1 1 1
Cable of the 2 2 2
TrackPoint
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 139

1080 LCD Assembly
Battery Pack (1020)
Insulator Sheet (1025)
Top Cover (1060)
3
4

.1/ Base Cover (4) M3 x 5
mm
.2/ LCD Assembly (4) M2 x 5
mm

.3/ LCD Cable (1) M3 x 4
mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 141

1085 LCD Panel
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Assembly (1080)
DSTN LCD Panel
4 2
3
2
Latches A
Latches B
Latches A Latches B
*Latches only for 11.3-inch LCDs (total 5 latches).

.2/ LCD Front Cover (2) M3 x 6
mm

5
7
8 **
**Part only for 10.4-inch LCDs.

.5/ LCD Panel (4) M3 x 6
mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 143

10 9
12 11
13
14
15

mm
.11/ Inverter Card (1) ST2.9 x
4.5 mm
(10.4-inch
LCD)
M3 x 6
mm
(11.3-inch
LCD)
.13/ Right Hinge (1) M3 x 6
mm
.14/ Hinge (2) M2 x 4
mm

15
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 145

TFT 10.4-inch LCD Panel (A)
TFT 10.4 (A) P/N 46H8093 69H7947 82H8039
Note: You can replace the entire 10.4-inch TFT LCD unit
(A) with the entire LCD unit (B), or vice versa. But
you cannot replace parts of (A) with parts of (B), or
vice versa.
2
4
3
2
Latches A
Latches B
Latches A Latches B

mm

6 8
5
5

mm
10 9
12 11
13
14
15
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 147

mm
.11/ Inverter Card (1) ST2.9 x
4.5 mm
mm
.14/ Hinge (2) M2 x 4
mm
When replacing:
When replacing the LCD cable, replace the copper
tape and gasket top as shown below.
Gasket Top
15

TFT 10.4-inch LCD Panel (B)
TFT 10.4 (B) P/N 83H5349 83H5350
Note: You can replace the entire 10.4-inch TFT LCD unit
(A) with the entire LCD unit (B), or vice versa. But
you cannot replace parts of (A) with parts of (B), or
vice versa.
2
4
3
2
Latches A
Latches B
Latches A Latches B

mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 149

5
7

mm

9 8
11 10
12
13
14

mm
.1ð/ Inverter Card (1) ST2.9 x
4.5 mm
mm
.13/ Hinge (2) M2 x 4
mm
15
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 151

TFT 11.3-inch LCD Panel
2
4
3
2
Latches A
Latches B
Latches A Latches B

mm

5
8
5
7

mm
When replacing:
When replacing the LCD panel, glue the rear foam on
the rear of the LCD as shown below.
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 153

10 9
12 11
13
14
15

mm
.11/ Inverter Card (1) M3 x 6
mm
mm
.14/ Hinge (2) M2 x 4
mm
15

1090 Indicator Card
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Assembly (1080)
LCD Panel (1085)
1
3

.2/ Indicator Card (2) M2 x 4
mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 155

1100 Volume Switch / Speaker
Assembly
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Assembly (1080)
LCD Panel (1085)
Indicator Card (1090)
2
4
1
3

.2/ Speaker Assembly (1) M2 x 4
mm
.3/ Speaker Assembly (2) M2 x 5
mm

1110 Keyboard Card / Cable
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Assembly (1080)
LCD Panel (1085)
1
3

.1/ Keyboard Card (1) M2 x 5
mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 157

Note
To remove the cable, do steps 6 and 7.
When reinstalling the cable, make sure the cable end with
the letter P is installed in the system board connector. The
end with the letter K should be installed in the keyboard
card connector. (The letters should be facing you when
you install the cable from the front of the machine.)
7
5
6
4

1120 CPU Card and System Board
Card
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Assembly (1080)
LCD Panel (1085)
Volume Switch / Speaker (1100)
To remove the system board and CPU Card:
1 2

.1/ CPU Card to System Board (1) M2 x 4
mm
.2/ CPU Card to System Board (2) M2 x 5
mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 159

Note
The system board fits exactly in place in the base
cover. Align the system board carefully when
removing or reinstalling. Do not force it. Be careful
not to damage the input jacks on the left side of the
computer or the PCMCIA slots on the right side of the
computer.
5
4
4
7

To remove the CPU card from the system board:
1
Rear view
2
Connector
Be Careful
When connecting the CPU card and the system board

again, use the procedures exactly as shown in the
figures. Make sure that the two CPU card connectors
are connected properly. If these connectors are not
properly connected, the computer will not work.

.1/ System Board (2) M2 x 4
mm
mm
mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 161

1130 System Board / PCMCIA Slot
Assembly
Battery Pack (1020)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Assembly (1080)
LCD Panel (1085)
Volume Switch / Speaker (1100)
CPU Card (1120)
Be Careful
Connect the CPU card using the procedures
exactly as shown in the figures. Make sure that
the two CPU card connectors are connected
properly. If these connectors are not connected,
you cannot power on the computer.
Do not apply any extra force to the shaded
area of the CPU card when connecting.
Notes
1. The system unit serial number must be restored
when the system board is replaced. To restore
the system unit serial number, select the option
“Set system identification” on the maintenance
diskette. The EEPROM on the system board
contains the vital product data (VPD); that is, the
system unit serial number, system board system
number, and other computer-unique data.
2. Do not power off the computer when restoring
the VPD. The system unit serial number label is
attached to the base cover.
3. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed
and the eject levers are not sticking out.
4. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while
removing the system board.
5. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be
careful not to disassemble any part of it. The slot
assembly is not solidly fixed when it is removed
from the system board or the FRU.

1
7
5
6 3
2 4
10
Connector
8 9

.2/ System Board (2) M2.5 x
3 mm
.3/ System Board (1) M2.5 x
4 mm
.4/ System Board (6) Hex
Stud
mm
.8/ PCMCIA Slot (2) M2 x 4
mm
and M2
nut
.9/ PCMCIA Slot (2) M2 x
14 mm
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 163

Locations
Front View
.1/ LCD
.4/ Indicator Panel
.5/ Built-in Microphone
.6/ LCD Suspend Switch
.7/ PC Card Eject Buttons
.8/ PCMCIA Slots
.9/ Locking Device Keyhole
.1ð/ Release Latches
.11/ Personalization Name Plate
.12/ TrackPoint III
.13/ Click Buttons
.14/ CD-ROM (365XD) / Diskette Drive (365X)
.15/ Fn Key
.16/ Function Keys
.17/ Speaker Volume Control
.18/ Speaker
18
1
17
16
15 2
3
4
5
14 6
13
9
12
10 7
11

Inside View
.1/ Keyboard Lock
.2/ Battery Pack
.3/ Optional Memory Expansion Module
.4/ CD-ROM Drive (365XD),
Diskette Drive (365X)
.5/ Mechanical CD-ROM eject (365XD)
.6/ CD-ROM Eject Button (365XD),
FDD Bezel (365X)
.7/ Cosmetic Shield
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 165

Bottom View
.1/ Legs

Rear View
.1/ Rear Connector Door

.2/ Connector for Port Replicator
.3/ IR Port
.4/ External Input Device Connector
.9/ Power Jack
.1ð/ Line-out/Headphone Jack
.11/ Line-in Jack
.12/ Microphone Jack
.13/ Power Switch
11 12 13
2 4 5 6 7 8 9
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 167

Power-On Password Jumper Pads
The power-on password jumper pads are found on the
system board near the backup battery, as shown in the
figures.
1. Push out the door at .1/.

2. See “How to Disable the Power-On Password:” on
page 95 to cancel the power-on password. Apply the
short across the Power-On Password Jumper Pads at
.2/.
Warning
When using a metal tool to short the two jumper
pads, make sure the metal tool does not touch
any metal parts other than the two jumper pads.

Notes
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 169

Parts Listing 365X, 365XD (2625)
Model 365X - Diskette Drive

Index System Unit (365X)
1 LCD Panel — See page 174.
2 Top Cover 69H7919
3 Keyboard — See page 178.
5 Hard Disk Drive (720 MB) 85G8371
Order either of the below 810MB hard drives
Hard Disk Drive (810 MB) 07H0392
Hard Disk Drive (1.08 GB) 39H2221
NS Bracket Kit (HDD) 74H0238
6 Keyboard Card Assembly 69H7913
7 Miscellaneous Cable Kit:
Keyboard Card to System Board
FDD to System Board (365X) 74H0574
8 CPU Card Assembly (P100) 69H7912
CPU Card Assembly (P120) 74H0237
9 System Board Card Assembly
with Audio 83H7117
10 Port Replicator Cap 69H7906
11 Base Cover Assembly 69H7903
12 PCMCIA Card Slot Cover 69H7904
13 Keyboard Latch (L/R) 82H8177
14 FDD Bezel 83H5275
15 Power Switch — See Misc. Base Parts
16 Rear I/O Connector Cover 69H7905
17 Speaker/Volume/Cable Assembly 74H0573
18 Diskette Drive (2 mode) 69H7926
Diskette Drive (3 mode; Japan) 74H0232
19 Cosmetic Shield 82H8172
20 TrackPoint III Cap set 84G6536
21 LED Indicator Card 69H7914
NS Real-Time Clock Backup Battery 46H4132
NS Misc. Base Parts:
Cover Support Bracket, Screw Caps,
Power Switch Knob, Power Switch Bracket,
EMI Bracket, EMI Top Plate,
System Insulator, Base Insulator,
Base Right Clip 69H7916
NS Misc. Logic Parts:
CPU Spacer, CPU Heat Sink
I/O Connector Bracket,
Port Replicator Bracket 69H7915
NS Foot (Tilt) 74H0571
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 171

Model 365XD - CD-ROM Drive

Index System Unit (365XD)
1 LCD Panel — See page 174.
2 Top Cover 69H7919
3 Keyboard — See page 178.
5 Hard Disk Drive (720 MB) 85G8371
Order either of the below 810MB hard drives
NS Bracket Kit (HDD) 74H0238
6 Keyboard Card Assembly 69H7913
7 Miscellaneous Cable Kit:
Keyboard Card to System Board
CD-ROM to system board (365XD) 74H0574
8 CPU Card Assembly (P100) 69H7912
9 System Board Card Assembly
with Audio 83H7117
10 Port Replicator Cap 69H7906
12 PCMCIA Card Slot Cover 69H7904
13 Keyboard Latch (L/R) 82H8177
14 Power Switch — See Misc. Base Parts
15 Rear I/O Connector Cover 69H7905
16 Speaker/Volume/Cable Assembly 74H0573
17 CD-ROM Drive (X4 Speed) 69H7925
CD-ROM Drive (X6 Speed) 82H8160
CD-ROM Drive (X8 Speed) 82H8173
18 Cosmetic Shield 82H8172
19 TrackPoint III Cap set 84G6536
20 LED Indicator Card 69H7914
NS Real-Time Clock Backup Battery 46H4132
NS Miscellaneous Base Parts:
Cover Support Bracket, Screw Caps,
Power Switch Knob, Power Switch Bracket,
EMI Bracket, EMI Top Plate,
System Insulator, Base Insulator,
Base Right Clip 69H7916
NS Miscellaneous Logic Parts:
CPU Spacer, CPU Heat Sink
I/O Connector Bracket,
Port Replicator Bracket 69H7915
NS Foot (Tilt) 74H0571
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 173

Model 365X/365XD - TFT LCD Panel
TinkPad
IBM
6 3
5 *
* Parts only for the 11.3-inch TFT.

TFT LCD FRU Parts List
10.4-inch (A) P/N 46H8093 69H7947 82H8039
10.4-inch (B) P/N 83H5349 83H5350
Notes
1. You can distinguish the 10.4-inch TFT LCD unit
(A) or (B) by the label sealed on the inside of its
hinge cover assembly (1 in the parts list).
2. You can replace the entire 10.4-inch TFT LCD
unit (A) with the entire LCD unit (B), or vice
versa. But you cannot replace parts of (A) with
parts of (B), or vice versa.
3. Model-Gxx contains only 10.4-inch (B) type.
System Unit 10.4 (A) 10.4 (B) 11.3

1 Hinge Cover Assembly
FDD 74H0617 74H0617 74H0617
CD-ROM 74H0618 74H0618 74H0618
2 LCD Cover Kit 74H0582 83H5355 82H8165
3 LCD Cable Kit 74H0627 83H5356 82H8169
4 LCD Unit 74H0621 83H5357 82H8166
5 Hinges (Right/Left)
– See LCD Misc. Parts
6 Inverter Card 69H7959 83H5358 82H8167
7 Slide Knob
– See LCD Misc. Parts
LCD Misc. Parts: 74H0619 74H0619 74H0619

LCD Slide Knob,
LCD Foam Support,
Right Hinge,
Left Hinge,
Cable Clamp,
Back Gasket,
Top Gasket,
Copper TFT Tape,
Rubber Lid,
Front Logo,
Rear Logo
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 175

Model 365X/365XD - DSTN LCD Panel
4 3
5 *
* Part only for the 10.4-inch LCDs.

DSTN LCD FRU Parts List
10.4-inch DSTN LCD

Index System Unit
1 Hinge Cover Assembly FDD 74H0617
Hinge Cover Assembly CD-ROM 74H0618
2 LCD Cover Kit 74H0581
3 LCD Cable Kit 74H0626
4 LCD Unit 74H0620
5 Hinges (Right/Left) — See LCD Misc. Parts
6 Inverter Card 69H7958
7 Slide Knob — See LCD Misc. Parts
11.3-inch DSTN LCD

Index System Unit
1 Hinge Cover Assembly FDD 74H0617
Hinge Cover Assembly CD-ROM 74H0618
2 LCD Cover Kit 74H0583
3 LCD Cable Kit 74H0628
4 LCD Unit 74H0622
5 Hinges (Right/Left) — See LCD Misc. Parts
7 Slide Knob — See LCD Misc. Parts
LCD Miscellaneous Parts

LCD Slide Knob, LCD Foam Support, 74H0619
Right Hinge, Left Hinge, Cable Clamp,
Back Gasket, Top Gasket,
Copper TFT Tape, Rubber Lid,
Front Logo, Rear Logo
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 177

Keyboard Unit
Arabic 42H3936
Belgian 42H3937
Canadian French 42H3938
Czech 73H7241
Danish 42H3939
Dutch 42H3940
French 42H3942
German 42H3943
Greek 42H3944
Hungary 73H7242
Hebrew 42H3945
Italian 42H3946
Japanese 42H3947
Latin Spanish 42H3948
Norwegian 42H3949
Poland 73H7243
Portuguese 42H3950
Russian 42H3956
Spanish 42H3951
Slovenia /Croatia / Bosnia 73H7244
Swedish / Finnish 42H3941
Swiss 75H7562
Turkish 42H3954
U.K. English 42H3955
U.S. English 41H9789

Common/Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
Screw Kit 74H0229
Includes (Type) (Quantity):
M2 x 4 (Bind Head) (15)
M2 x 5 (Pan Head) (11)
M2 x 4 with washer (Pan Head) (2)
M2.5 x 4 (Bind Head) (4)
M2.5 x 3 (3.5D Pan Head) (2)
M2.5 x 4 with washer (Bind Head) (3)
M3 x 3 (Cross Slotted Pan Head) (4)
M3 x 4 (Flat Head) (4)
M3 x 6 with washer (Pan Head) (2)
Hex Stud M2.5 Short length (6)
Screw ST2.9 x 4.5 (Pan Head) (1)
M2 x 5 (Bind Head) (4)
M2 x 5 (Cross Slotted Pan Head) (2)
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 179

Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter with a new one,
use the one for the country where the computer is
used, even if the computer is from different country.
2. The warranty for the system unit does not apply to all
options.
720MB Hard Disk Drive Assembly 85G8371
810MB Hard Disk Drive Assembly 39H2220
1.08GB Hard Disk Drive Assembly 39H2221
AC Adapter
35W Universal 85G6698
35W Japan only 85G6700
Slim AC Adapter
3 Prong 85G6736
2 Prong 85G6738
Port Replicator Base Assembly 41H7457
Port Replicator Cable Cover 41H7458
Mini Replicator Assembly 75H7528
DIMM 8MB 42H2767
DIMM 16MB 42H2768
DIMM 32MB 42H2769
External Diskette Drive (2 mode) 10H4056
External Diskette Drive (3 mode-Japan) 10H4055
External Diskette Drive Cable 74H0219
Battery Pack 41H7438
CD-ROM Drive (x4 speed) 69H7925

Numeric Keypad
Belgian 95F5741
Canadian French 95F5466
Danish 95F5467
Dutch 95F5467
French 95F6313
German 95F6314
Greek 95F5467
Hebrew 95F5741
Icelandic 95F5467
Italian 95F6316
Japanese 79F6401
Norwegian 95F5467
Spanish 95F6315
Swedish / Finnish 95F5468
Swiss / French 95F5711
Swiss / German 95F5715
Turkish 95F5467
U.K. English 95F5741
U.S. English 95F5741
Black Keypad
French 84G6286
German 84G6280
Italian 84G6292
Swedish 84G6304
U.K. English 84G6298
Norway 84G6310
U.S. English 84G2530
Black Keyboard
French 84G6285
German 84G6279
Italian 84G6291
Swedish 84G6303
Norway 84G6309
Accessories
Keyboard/Mouse Cable 54G0444
ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) 181

Tools
Tri-Connector Wrap Plug 72X8546
PC Test Card 35G4703
Screwdriver Kit 95F3598
ThinkPad 750Ce
Hardware Maintenance Diskette 82G3891
(This diskette is used for
365X and 365XD also.)
Power Cords
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
5 10
Warning:
Use the power cord certified for your country.
1 Colombia, U.S., Venezuela 25H2207

Japan, 2-pin 85G6665
2 Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K. 25H2215
3 France, Germany, Spain 25H2209
4 Italy 25H2223
5 Australia, New Zealand 25H2205
6 Denmark 25H2211
7 Israel 25H2225
8 Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka,
South Africa 25H2213
9 Switzerland 25H2221
10 Thailand 25H2219

ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D
(2635)
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
System Board Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . 191
TrackPoint III Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Status Indicator Checkout . . . . . . . . . . 193
Port Replicator Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
LCD-Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Keyboard/TrackPoint III-Related Symptoms . . 206
Indicator-Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . 206
Power-Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 207
Function/Audio-Related Symptoms . . . . . . 207
Peripheral-Device-Related Symptoms . . . . . 208
Infrared-Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . 208
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Product Overview (380, 380D, 385, 385D) . . . . 215
1010 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
1020 DIMM Card / Backup Battery . . . . . . 218
1030 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
1040 CD-ROM/FDD Assembly . . . . . . . . 221
1050 Speaker / Microphone . . . . . . . . . 225
1060 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
1070 LCD Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
1080 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . . 231
1090 Sub Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1100 PCMCIA Slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1110 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
1120 LCD Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . 238
1130 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
1140 LCD Inverter Card . . . . . . . . . . . 243

1150 LCD Misc. Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
DSTN LCD Hinges/Latches . . . . . . . . . . 244
LCD Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Parts Listing 380/385 (2635) . . . . . . . . . . 252

Read This First
section.
Important Notes
any FRUs.
such as copying, saving, or formatting.
Drives in the computer that you are servicing
might have been rearranged or the drive startup
sequence might have been altered. If you select
an incorrect drive, data or programs can be
written over.
correct by referring to the part list.
single, unreproducible failure. Single failures
software errors. FRU replacement should be
considered only when a recurring problem exists.
Be careful not to replace a nondefective FRU.



change.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 185

following in the parts exchange form or parts return form
that is attached to the returned FRU:
1. Name and phone number of servicer
2. Date of service
3. Date when part failed
4. Date of purchase
display, and beep symptoms
failing FRU was detected
7. Failing FRU name and part number
8. Machine type, model number, and serial number
9. Customer's name and address

whether the damage is covered under the warranty by
Warranty Note
use.

LCD panel cracked by applying excessive force
or by being dropped
Scratched (cosmetic) parts
excessive force
Damage caused by liquid spilled into the system
card
Damage caused by foreign material in the FDD
multiple labels
Damaged or bent diskette eject button
forces shock, or by being dropped
Fuses blown by attaching a nonsupported device
Forgotten computer password (making the
computer unusable).

indicate damage caused by nonwarranted activity:
excessive force or by being dropped.
:h4/.How to Disable the Power-On Password:
Important
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 187

Power Shutdown Switch: The power shutdown
switch resets the system regardless of the microcode
status and forces the power off. Use this push button to
power-off when power is not completely off or the
microcode is in a hung state.

Checkout Guide
problems.
system responses.
possible.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to re-create the
the same operation.
the Diagnostics” on page 212.
go on or stay on.)
error codes are and then use the No
displayed. Beep Symptoms table.
Symptoms table.
Numeric Error Codes
table.
The diagnostic test “How to Run the
detected an error and Diagnostics” on
displayed an FRU code. page 212.
Symptoms table.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 189

re-created. (Intermittent reported symptoms and
problems). go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Memory Checkout
DIMMs are available for increasing memory capacity.

8MB 24192KB
16MB 32384KB
32MB 48768KB


Note: Make sure that the DIMM is fully installed into the
connector. A loose connection can cause an error.
1. Power off the computer and remove the DIMM from
its slot (if installed).
the system board.
5. Power off the computer and reinstall the DIMM; then
power on the computer. Verify the memory size; then
test the memory. If an error appears, replace the
DIMM.
If memory problems occur intermittently, use the loop

option to repeat the test. When the test detects an error,
an error log is printed on the printer connected to the
parallel port. See “Error Log” on page 213 for more
information.




System Board Checkout

The processing functions are performed by the system
board. When a numeric code calls the system board as a
FRU, use the following procedure to isolate the problem.
This test verifies the system board. If no error is
detected, return to “Checkout Guide” on page 189.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board.
If this procedure does not correct the problem, go to


Checkout
be tested.

character appears, make sure that the flexible cable
extending from the keyboard is correctly seated in the
connector on the subcard.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the

keyboard test by doing the following:
1. Go to the diagnostic menu screen by selecting Test
in the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Press Ctrl+A. The ThinkPad FRU Connections
screen appears. (If the Ctrl+A does not work,
triple-click on the icon on the right bottom corner on
the basic diagnostic screen.)
3. Make sure that the keyboard connection is
Connected; then press Esc to escape the screen.
4. A layout of the keyboard appears on the screen.
Check that when each key is pressed, the key's
position on the keyboard layout on the screen
changes to a black square.
Note: When a Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.
5. Press Ctrl+Pause to end the test.
nondefective FRU.
Reseat the keyboard flexible cable.
Replace the keyboard assembly.
Replace the subcard.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 191

computer:
Numeric keypad
External keyboard (with keyboard/mouse cable)
If any of these devices do not work, reseat the cable

connector and repeat the failing operation.
If the problem does not recur, recheck the connector.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the device, and

then the system board.

If the TrackPoint III does not work, check the configuration
in the ThinkPad Features program. If the configuration of
the TrackPoint III is disabled, select Enable to enable it.

with the following:

running, or when readjustment is required because the

do the following:
If either the pointing stick or the click button does not work,
problem. Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
Reseat the keyboard flexible cables.
Replace the subcard.
Diskette Drive Test

drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, nondefective

FDD-1 represents the built-in diskette drive. FDD-2
represents the external diskette drive attached through the
port replicator.


1. Go to the advanced diagnostic mode by pressing
Ctrl+A from the diagnostic menu.
2. Select FDD-1 or FDD-2 to run the diskette drive test.
3. Type Y (Yes) to the question on the screen.
4. Insert the blank diskette when instructed.
FDD-1; or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
Status Indicator Checkout

If an LED problem occurs, do the following:
3. All the LEDs in the indicator panel should turn on for
a moment soon after the computer is powered-on.
Make sure that all LEDs turn on.
If the problems remains, replace the following cards
one at a time:
Subcard
System board

computer using each of the power sources as follows.
1. Remove the battery pack and diskette drive.
supplied.
3. Disconnect the AC Adapter and install the charged
battery pack; then check that power is supplied by the
battery pack.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 193

used.
and installation.
“Checking Operational Charging.”
Pin Voltage (V dc)

1 +14.5 to +17.0
2 Ground
If the voltage is correct, replace the subcard.

If the problem is not corrected, replace the
system board.
If the problem is not corrected, go to
outlet and wait 5 minutes or longer to allow the
overvoltage protection circuit to be fully discharged
and initialized.
Adapter.



Checking the Battery Pack
following figure.

1 +0 to +13.5
2 N/C
3 Thermal
4 Ground (−)
5 Select
6 A-Ground
Note: Signal lines not used in these steps are used

for communication between the system and
the battery.
Note: If the voltage of the battery pack is 0 V, it is
not defective.
resistance must be 4 to 30 K ohm.
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the subcard.

from the computer.
2. Turn the computer upside down.
3. Remove the DIMM cover and backup battery (see
“1020 DIMM Card / Backup Battery” on page 218).
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 195

4. Measure the voltage of the backup battery. See the
following figure.
Note: Be careful not to measure the wrong side of
the backup battery.
Wire Voltage (V dc)

Red +2.5 to +3.7
Black Ground

Port Replicator Checkout

Use the following procedure to isolate a port replicator
problem. A port replicator attaches to the system
expansion connector at the bottom of the computer.
2. Remove the failing devices from the replicator.
3. Unplug the AC adapter from the replicator, if
attached.
4. Remove the port replicator from the computer.
5. Reconnect the failing device directly to the computer.
(If another device already connected to the computer,
remove it first.)
6. Go to “How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 212 and
follow that procedure.
7. If the advanced diagnostic device test does not find
an error, suspect a problem with the port replicator of
the system expansion bus.
8. Power off the computer and reconnect the port
replicator.
9. Power on the computer and run the following
advanced diagnostic tests:
Serial port test with the wrap plug installed on
the replicator

Parallel port test with the wrap plug installed on
the replicator
FDD-2 device test on the failing device with the
scratch diskette
10. If diagnostic errors appear, replace the replicator or
the external diskette drive.
If the problem remains after the replacement, replace
the system board.
11. If power problems appear only when you use the
replicator, replace the replicator.

battery power.

occurs:


mode:

following, in addition to the three actions of standby mode,
occur:
The LCD is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.
Notes:
closed.”

The LCD is closed.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 197

indicator blinks orange.

mode:
(Exit) Timer conditions are satisfied for entering
hibernation mode.

following occurs:
Notes:

(Fn+F12).
Event that causes the computer to exit hibernation mode.



first.
Note: Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the
sequence shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a FRU
did not solve the problem, put the original part back in the
computer. Do not replace a nondefective FRU.


any number.

Note: For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic

codes in the ThinkPad notebook computers,
see the manual for that device.
Numeric Error Codes

10X 1. System board
101: Interrupt failure.
102: Timer failure.
103: Timer interrupt
failure.
104: Protected mode
failure.
105: Last 8042
command not
accepted.
107: NMI test failure.
108: Timer bus test
failure.
109: Low meg-chip
select test.
page 195.
2. Backup battery
3. System board
163 1. Set time and date.
(Time and Date was not 2. System board
set.)
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 199

173 1. Select OK in the error
(Configuration data was screen; then set the
lost.) time and date.
2. Backup battery
3. System board
174 1. Check Device
Perform “Checking the 2. Hard disk drive
Installed Devices List” on 3. System board
page 213 before changing
any FRUs.)
in Easy-Setup.
was on.)
191XX 1. System board
(PM initialization error.)
195 1. Check if the
configuration.) the DIMM is added.
hibernation area of the 2. Hard disk drive
HDD.)
1XX 1. System board
201: Memory data Checkout” on
error. page 190.
202: Memory line error 2. DIMM
00–15. 3. System board
203: Memory line error
16–23.
205: Memory test
failure on on-board
memory.
221: ROM to RAM
remap error.
301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX 1. Go to
Input Device
Checkout” on
page 191.
2. Keyboard
3. External numeric
keypad
4. External keyboard
5. Keyboard/mouse cable
6. Subcard
7. System board

controller error.) 2. FDD assembly
3. Diskette
4. System board
2. Diskette
3. FDD assembly
from the diskette drive.) 2. FDD assembly
3. System board
11XX 1. Serial device
1101: Serial_A test failure. 2. Communication cable
3. System board
1201: Serial_B test failure. (Infrared)
17XX 1. Hard disk drive
1701: Hard disk 2. System board
controller failure.
1780, 1790: Hard disk
0 error.
1781, 1791: Hard disk
1 error.
error.)
808X 1. PCMCIA slot
8081: PCMCIA assembly
presence test failure. 2. PCMCIA device
(PCMCIA revision 3. System board
number also checked.)
8082: PCMCIA register
test failure.
860X 1. External mouse
(Pointing device error when 2. External keyboard
TrackPoint III is disabled.) 3. System board
8601: System bus
error–8042 mouse
interface.
8602: External mouse
error.
8603: System bus
error or mouse error.
(Pointing device error when cables.
TrackPoint III is enabled.) 2. Keyboard
8611: System bus 3. External mouse
error–I/F between 8042 4. System board
and IPDC.
8612: TrackPoint error.
8613: System board or
TrackPoint error.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 201

I9990301 1. Check that the
I9990302 operating system is
I9990305 installed in the HDD.
I9990301: Hard disk If not, install the
error. operating system.
I9990302: Invalid hard 2. Reseat the boot
disk boot record. device.
I9990305: No bootable 3. Check the startup
device. sequence for the
correct boot device.
4. Check that the
operating system has
no failure and is
installed correctly.
I9990303 1. System board
(Bank–2 flash ROM check
sum error.)
Other codes, not in this 1. Go to “Undetermined
list Problems” on
page 209.

A detected error is shown as in the following example:


detail portion of the FRU that caused the error. If
is detective or that the FRU was incorrectly installed.

tests, a three-digits device ID is displayed. The device ID
indicates suspected device.

ID
001 System board
003 Keyboard
007 Math coprocessor
086 Pointing device

ID
002 Memory
050 Display
054
Display
017 Hard disk drive
006 (Internal) diskette drive
066 External diskette drive

or FDD Connector of the
port replicator
080 PCMCIA
088 External PCMCIA
009 Parallel
011 Serial
215 CD-ROM
103 IR
153 Audio
Audio

indicates two suspected FRUs. No FRU is assigned to
code 00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU
code is filled with zeros. Replace the FRU that is indicated
by the two leftmost digits first; then replace the FRU that
is indicated by the two rightmost digits. See the
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 203

reference page before replacing the FRU. The suspected
FRU name is also displayed on the screen. The following
table shows the FRU code:
FRU Code FRU

10 System board
30 Reserved
32 External keyboard
33 External mouse
40 LCD unit
45 External CRT
50 1. Reseat the diskette drive (FDD-1)
2. Diskette drive (FDD-1)
60 1. Reseat the hard disk drive
2. Hard disk drive
70 PCMCIA-2 (Replicator) .
72 PCMCIA slot assembly
90 CD-ROM drive
If the problem still remains after replacement of the FRUs,

Beep Symptoms
Continuous beeps. System board
One beep and a blank, 1. Reseat the LCD
unreadable, or flashing connector.
LCD. 2. LCD unit
3. System board
4. Subcard
One beep, and the message 1. Boot device
“Unable to access boot 2. System board
source.”
One long and two short 1. System board
beeps, and a blank or 2. LCD unit
unreadable LCD.
One long beep followed by Connect the AC Adapter
four short beeps each time or install a fully charged
the power switch is battery.
operated.
(System cannot power-on
due to low battery voltage.)
One beep every second. Connect the AC Adapter
(System is shutting down or install a fully charged
due to low battery voltage.) battery. (Allow the
system to complete
shutdown before
changing the battery.)

Two short beeps with error POST error. See
codes. “Numeric Error Codes” on
page 199.
Two short beeps with blank System board
screen.
No Beep Symptoms
No beep, power-on indicator 1. Go to “Power
not on, and a blank LCD Systems Checkout”
during POST. on page 193.
2. System board
3. Subcard
4. Power sources
No beep, power-on indicator 1. System board
on, and a blank LCD during 2. Subcard
POST.
on, and a blinking cursor 2. Subcard
only during POST.
No beep during POST but 1. Turn the volume up
system runs correctly. and check the
speaker.
2. Speaker
3. System board
4. Subcard
LCD-Related Symptoms
Important
The LCD for the notebook computer contains over

921 000 thin-film transistors (TFTs). A small number
of missing, discolored, or lighted dots (on all the time)
is characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive
should be replaced if the number of dots satisfies the
following condition:

on, and a blank LCD during 2. Subcard
POST.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 205

working connectors.
LCD too dark 2. LCD unit
3. Subcard
be adjusted (TFT)
LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted (STN)
LCD screen 1. See important note
unreadable for “LCD-Related
Characters missing Symptoms.”
pels 2. Reseat all LCD
Screen abnormal connectors.
Wrong color displayed 3. LCD unit
4. System board
5. Subcard
LCD has extra horizontal or LCD unit
Keyboard/TrackPoint III-Related
Symptoms
Keyboard (one or more 1. Reseat the keyboard
keys) does not work. cable on the subcard.
2. Keyboard
3. Subcard
4. System board
TrackPoint III does not 1. Reseat the keyboard
work. cable on the subcard.
2. Go to
“Keyboard/TrackPoint
III-Related Symptoms.”
3. Keyboard
4. Subcard
5. System board
Pointer moves automatically 1. See
or does not work correctly. “Keyboard/TrackPoint
III-Related
Symptoms.”
Indicator-Related Symptoms
Indicator incorrectly remains 1. Subcard
off or on, but system runs 2. System board
correctly.
yellow, to orange. 2. Battery pack
3. Subcard
4. System board

Power-Related Symptoms
Power shuts down during 1. Go to “Power
on page 193.
2. Battery pack
two hours.
4. Subcard
5. Power sources
The system will not 1. Press the power
power-off. shutdown switch.
(See “Power Shutdown 2. System board
Switch” on page 188.)
Function/Audio-Related Symptoms
The system does not 1. Go to “Suspend
suspend or resume when Mode” on page 197,
the LCD is opened or and check that the
closed. computer can enter
suspend mode.
2. Boot an operating
system and press
Fn+F4. If the
computer enters
suspend mode,
suspect that the
application program is
not working properly.
3. Subcard
4. System board
Battery Fuel-Gauge does Go to “Checking the
not go higher than 90%. Battery Pack” on
page 195 and see the
note.
Memory count (size) Go to “Memory Checkout”
appears different from on page 190.
actual size.
System configuration does Go to “Checking the
not match the installed Installed Devices List” on
devices. page 213.
System hangs intermittently. Go to “Intermittent
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 207

Peripheral-Device-Related Symptoms
work correctly. Self-Test” in
“Common Devices
Checkout” section.
2. Parallel port device
3. Cable
4. System board
problems. 2. Device cable
3. System board
Infrared-Related Symptoms
Unable to communicate 1. Make sure the setup
using the Infrared (IR) Port. for the IR is correct.
2. Make sure there are
no fluorescent lights
near the computer.
The computer may
receive optical noise
from the fluorescent
light.
3. Run the advanced
diagnostic test. If an
error occurs and a
replace the parts
shown by the FRU
code.
Other Symptoms
Errors occur only when Port See “Port Replicator
Replicator is used. Checkout” on page 196.
PCMCIA slot pin is PCMCIA Slot Assembly
damaged.

and the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 209.

or software errors. FRU replacement should be

errors exist.
failing FRU (do not isolate nondefective FRUs).

computer.
2. Check the cables, wires, and connectors for short or
open circuits. Visually check for damage. If any
problems are found, replace the FRU.
a. Non-IBM devices
connector
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive
g. DIMM card
h. PC Cards
failing FRU.
Subcard
System board
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 209

page 191
Status Indicators
status in different colors (green and orange).

.1/Battery Green Enough battery
power remains
for operation.
Orange Battery pack is
charging.
Blinking orange Battery pack
needs charging.
.2/Device Orange Data is read
Access from or written to
the hard disk
drive, FDD, or
CD-ROM drive.
.3/Numeric Lock Green Numeric keypad
on the keyboard
is enabled.
.4/Caps Lock Green Caps lock mode

is enabled.
.5/Scroll Lock Green Arrow keys can

be used as
screen-scroll
function key.
.6/Suspend Green Suspend mode
Mode
.7/Power On Green Power on
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 211

interact with the tests. Pressing the Enter key works the
same as selecting the OK icon to reply OK.
The following tools are required:

FDD: Erasable 2HD diskette
Parallel: Wrap plug (P/N 72X8546)
Serial: Wrap plug (P/N 72X8546)
PCMCIA: PC Test Card (P/N 35G4703)
CDROM: Any CD (data CD is recommended)
6. Start the Advanced Diagnostic test as either of the
following way:
Pressing Ctrl+A on the basic diagnostic menu
screen.
Triple-click the icon on the right bottom corner on
the basic diagnostic screen.
7. The ThinkPad FRU Connections screen appears.
This screen shows the state of the connection of all
connectors.
Check the connector if the Not connected message
appears on the screen.
8. Click on Exit on the screen or press Esc to exit the
screen.
9. The keyboard test screen appears.
Check the keyboard.
10. Click on Exit on the screen or press Ctrl+Pause to
exit the screen.
The instruction appears, and follow the instruction on
the screen.

Error Log
Do the following to display the errors:

3. Press Esc to exit the &tpad. FRU Connections
screen.
The keyboard test screen appears.
4. Press Ctrl+Pause to exit the keyboard test screen.
5. Press Ctrl+E.
Esc.

distinguish the shades of the icon.

example, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when NO
second FDD is installed), do the following:
an FDD-1.
The Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayed in a

dark shade because the icons represent subsystems of the
system board and not the attachment of the devices.
The FDD-1 and PCMCIA-1 icons represent the drive in the

computer. The FDD-2 and PCMCIA-2 icons represent the
devices in the port replicator or that is attached through the
port replicator.

correct. This procedure erases all information on the disk.

2. Insert the ThinkPad Hardware Maintenance
Diskette Version 1.30 into diskette drive A and
power on the computer.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 213

PC Test Card LED
Fn Key Combinations

Fn + Description
F1 Reserved
F2 Fuel-Gauge display on or off
F5 Reserved
F6 Reserved
F8 Screen expansion on or off (no symbol on
the key)
F9 Reserved
F10 Reserved
(toggles High Power, Intelligent, Economy)

Product Overview (380, 380D, 385,
385D)
features.
Feature Description
Processor Intel Pentium 150/60
MHz, 256K L2 cache
Bus Architecture PCI bus
Memory (standard) 16MB (on the system
board)
Memory (option) 8MB, 16MB, 32MB non
(One 144-pin DIMM slot) parity DIMM (max.
48MB)
CMOS RAM 242 bytes
Video 12.1-inch, 64K colors,
800×600 pixel DSTN
color LCD
12.1-inch, 256K colors,
800×600 pixel TFT
color LCD
Diskette Drive 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
CD-ROM Drive 8X transfer speed
Hard Disk Drive 1.08GB, 2.5-inch, IDE
interface
interface
interface
I/O Port Headphone
Microphone
Port replicator
Audio 16-bit audio
Internal speaker
Internal microphone
Mechanical volume
Infrared Transfer 4 million bps serial
communication
Transmitter and
receiver module
PCMCIA One Type-III
or two Type-II
ZV port
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 215

replacements.
Do not damage any parts. Only certified and trained





1010 Battery Pack
.1/ Turn the computer upside down.
Pull up the battery pack latch .2/, push it back .3/, and
then pull up the battery pack .4/.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 217

1020 DIMM Card / Backup Battery

.1/ Turn the computer upside down.
.2/.3/.4/.5/.6/: DIMM
.2/.3/.7/: Backup battery
When replacing:
Make sure the plus side is on top when replacing
the backup battery.
Step Location (Quantity) Length

.2/ DIMM cover (1) —
Note: Only loosen the screw in step .2/.

1030 Keyboard Unit
Battery Pack (1010)

.1/ Base cover (1) M 2.5 x
25mm
6mm
Note: When replacing, make sure you use the correct screw.
.4/Turn the computer over again.
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 219

Note: Pull the keyboard assembly forward a little in step
.7/.

1040 CD-ROM/FDD Assembly
Battery Pack (1010)

Note: Be careful that the computer does not fall backward

when the CD-ROM/FDD assembly is removed.

.1/.2/ Bracket (2) M 2.5 x
6mm
.4/.5/ Base cover (4) M 2.5 x
.6/ 6mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 221

Models 380/385
.9/.1ð/: Blank Bezel
.11/.12/: FDD Bezel
.11/.12/.13/.14/: FDD

.9/ Bracket (1) M 2.6 x
4mm
.11/ Bracket (1) M 2.6 x
4mm
.13/ Bracket (3) M 2.6 x
2.8mm
(red)

Models 380D/385D FDD

.9/ Bracket (1) M 2.6 x
4mm
.11/ Bracket (3) M 2.6 x
2.8mm
(red)
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 223

Models 380D/385D CD-ROM

.9/ Bracket (4) M2x
2.4mm
w/washer

1050 Speaker / Microphone
Battery Pack (1010)

CD-ROM/FDD Assembly (1040)
.1/.2/.3/: Speaker
.4/.5/.6/: Microphone
Note: To remove the microphone easily, pull up the
upper shield slightly.

.5/ System board assembly (2) M 2.6 x
4mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 225

Warning
Battery Pack (1010)


6mm
6mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 227

1070 LCD Unit
Battery Pack (1010)


6mm
.4/ Bracket (1) M 2.5 x
6mm
.6/ Hinges, LCD unit (3) M 2.5 x
6mm
.7/ LCD cable (1) M 2.5 x
6mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 229

When replacing: The following artwork is the reference
for replacement.

1080 System Board Assembly
Notes:
1. The system unit serial number must be restored when
the system board is replaced. To restore the system
unit serial number, select the option “Set system
identification” on the maintenance diskette. The flash
ROM on the system board contains the vital product
data (VPD)—that is, the system unit serial number,
system board system number, and other
computer-unique data.
2. Do not power off the computer when restoring the
VPD. The system unit serial number label is attached
to the base cover.
3. Before removing and replacing the system board
assembly, make sure that the PCMCIA cards are
removed and the eject levers are not sticking out.
Battery Pack (1010)
DIMM Cover (1020)
LCD Unit (1070)
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 231

1080 System Board Assembly (Continued)
Note
As the PCMCIA eject buttons are sticking out, pull the
buttons out slightly and fold them to the right; then
push up the system board assembly from the bottom
when removing the system board assembly.

.4/ System board assembly (2) M 2.5 x
6mm
.5/ Base cover (1) Special
screw

1090 Sub Card
Battery Pack (1010)

DIMM Cover (1020)
LCD Unit (1070)

.1/ Upper shield (3) M 2.5 x
6mm
8mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 233

1100 PCMCIA Slot
Battery Pack (1010)

DIMM Cover (1020)
LCD Unit (1070)

6mm
8mm
.5/ Lower shield (6) M 2.5 x
6mm
.6/ Lower shield (6) Stud
screw
.8/ PCMCIA assembly (2) M2x
16mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 235

1110 Fan
Battery Pack (1010)

DIMM Cover (1020)
LCD Unit (1070)

1110 Fan (Continued)
Notes:
1. Be careful not to touch the rotor and blade of the fan
when assembling or disassembling.
2. Fix the fan cable on the air duct by using the cable
holder when replacing.

6mm
8mm
.5/ Fan (2) M2x
6mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 237

1120 LCD Front Cover
Battery Pack (1010)

DIMM Cover (1020)
LCD Unit (1070)

1120 LCD Front Cover (Continued)
Note
The LCD front cover has several latches. Release the
latches as shown.

.1/ LCD front cover (2) M 2.5 x
6mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 239

1130 LCD Panel
Battery Pack (1010)

DIMM Cover (1020)
LCD Unit (1070)
LCD Front Cover (1120)
DSTN LCD Panel
Note: In step .4/, lift the LCD panel a little to disconnect

the flexible cable in step .5/.

.1/ LCD panel (4) M 2.5 x
6mm

TFT LCD Panel
Type 1
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 241

Type 2

.1/ LCD panel (4) M 2.5 x
6mm

1140 LCD Inverter Card
Battery Pack (1010)

DIMM Cover (1020)
LCD Unit (1070)
LCD Panel (1130)
DSTN LCD

.1/ LCD inverter card (1) M 2.5 x
6mm
TFT LCD (Type 2 only)

.2/ LCD inverter card (2) M 2.0 x
3.7mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 243

1150 LCD Misc. Parts
Battery Pack (1010)
DIMM Cover (1020)
LCD Unit (1070)
LCD Panel (1130)
LCD Inverter Card (1140)
DSTN LCD Hinges/Latches

.1/.2/.3/.4/: Hinges
.5/.6/: Latches

.1/ LCD hinge (3) M2.5x6mm
.3/ LCD hinge (2) M2.5x6mm

TFT LCD: This artwork shows the TFT type 1 LCD.
For the type 2, do the same procedure.
.1/.2/.3/.4/: Hinges
.5/.6/: Latches

.1/ LCD hinge (3) M 2.5 x
6mm
.3/ LCD hinge (2) M 2.5 x
6mm
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 245

When replacing:
Replace the LCD miscellaneous parts as follows:

LCD Cable
DSTN LCD
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 247

TFT LCD

Locations
Front View
.1/ LCD latch
.2/ Contrast control (DSTN model)
Brightness control (TFT model)
.3/ Headphone jack
.4/ Microphone/line-in jack
.5/ Volume control
.6/ Diskette drive
.7/ Diskette eject button
.8/ CD-ROM drive
.9/ CD-ROM eject button
.1ð/ CD-ROM emergency eject hole
.11/ TrackPoint III
.12/ Built-in speaker
.13/ Palm rest
.14/ Built-in microphone
.15/ Fn Key
.16/ Keyboard
.17/ Fan louver
.18/ Status indicator
.19/ LCD panel
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 249

Rear View
.1/ External-monitor connector
.2/ Parallel connector
.3/ Serial connector
.4/ Power jack
.5/ External-input-device connector
.6/ Suspend mode indicator
.7/ Battery indicator
.8/ IR port
.9/ Power switch
.1ð/ PCMCIA slots
.11/ PC Card eject button
.12/ Security key hole

Bottom View
.1/ Memory-slot cover
.2/ System-expansion connector
.3/ Memory slot
.4/ Backup battery
.5/ Battery pack latch
.6/ Battery pack
.7/ Power shutdown switch
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 251

Parts Listing 380/385 (2635)

Index System Unit
1 LCD Assembly (see LCD FRU section)
2 Keyboard Assembly (see Keyboard)
3 Subcard 73H9928
4 HDD Bracket 73H9936
5 Hard Disk Drive (1.08 GB) 73H6418
6 System Board (150MHz-P54C) 83H6524
System Board (150MHz-P55C) 73H9923
7 Audio Jack Holder (see Misc. Parts)
8 Lower Shield Case 73H9927
9 Backup Battery 46H4132
10 Power Switch Knob (see Misc. Parts)
11 I/O Door 73H9920
13 DIMM Cover Assembly 73H9921
14 Battery Pack (Li-ion) 73H9951
Battery Pack (NiMH) 73H9952
15 Battery Pack Latch Kit 11J8315
16 FDD Bezel 73H9932
17 Blank Bezel 73H9934
18 FDD 11J8338
19 CD-ROM 73H9933
20 Support Structure (see Misc. Parts)
21 CD/FDD Connector (CD-Model) 73H9935
FDD Connector (non CD-Model) 83H6527
22 Drive Bracket 73H9930
23 Speaker Assembly 73H9938
24 Microphone Assembly 73H9939
25 PCMCIA Slot 83H6523
26 Heat Sink (for fan) 83H6525
27 Fan 83H6526
28 Air Duct (see Misc. Parts)
29 Upper Shield Case 73H9929
30 Keyboard Bezel 73H9950
Include the following labels:
- for 380
- for 380D
- for 385
- for 385D
31 LCD GND Holder, Lower (see Misc. Parts)
Cable Holder 11J8376

Thermal Rubber 73H9924
TrackPoint III Cap 84G6536
AC Adapter (35W) 85G6738
AC Adapter (35W, 3-prong) 85G6736
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 253

LCD FRU (DSTN)
1 LCD Cover 73H9940

2 LCD Inverter 73H9946
3 LCD Cable 73H9947
4 LCD Hinge 73H9942
5 LCD Panel(12.1" DSTN) 73H9944

LCD FRU (TFT)
Type 1
1 LCD Cover 73H9941

2 LCD Panel (12.1" TFT) 73H9945
3 LCD Cable 73H9948
4 LCD Hinge 73H9943
5 LCD Lens (see Misc. Parts)
LCD Misc. Parts 73H9949

Include the following:
Control Knob
LCD Upper Holder
Latch, Right
Latch, Left
Latch, Spring (2)
Latch, Holder (2)
LED Lens
Screw Cap (2)
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 255

Type 2
1 LCD Cover 11J8860

2 LCD Panel (12.1" TFT) 11J9623
3 LCD Cable 11J9625
4 LCD Inverter 11J9622
5 LCD Hinge 73H9943
6 LCD Lens (see Misc. Parts)
LCD Misc. Parts 73H9949

Includes the following:
Control Knob
LCD Upper Holder
Latch, Right
Latch, Left
Latch, Spring (2)
Latch, Holder (2)
LED Lens
Screw Cap (2)

Keyboard
Arabic 11J8305
Belgian 83H6485
Czech 11J8306
Danish 83H6487
Dutch 83H6480
French 83H6478
German 83H6477
Greek 11J8307
Hebrew 11J8308
Hungarian 11J8309
Italian 83H6479
Japanese 83H6476
Korean 11J8299
Latin Spanish 11J8302
Norwegian 83H6486
Poland 11J8311
Portuguese 11J8310
Russian 11J8300
Slovakian 11J8312
Slovenian 11J8313
Spanish 83H6482
Swiss 83H6483
Turkish 11J8304
Chinese 11J8301
Thai 11J8303
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 257

Miscellaneous Parts
Misc. Parts 73H9937
Support structure
Air Duct
Audio Jack Holder
Power Switch Knob
LCD GNG Holder, Lower
Screw Kits 83H6522

Hex Stud, D-Sub (6)
M2 x 2.4, Pan head (4)
M2 x 6, Pan head (2)
M2.5 x 6, Bind head (60)
M2.5 Special (1)
M2.6 x 2.8, Bind head (3)
M3 x 3, Bind head (4)
Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter, use the one for
the country you are in even if the computer is from a
different country.
options.
Headset 85G1529
Microphone 66G7871
PS/2 Miniature Mouse 95F5723
DIMM 8MB 42H2767
DIMM 16MB 42H2768
DIMM 32MB 42H2769
Interface Cable, System to Keyboard 84G2531
Interface Cable, Keyboard to Keypad 84G2532
Mini-DIN to Mini-DIN Cable. 84G6474
380/385 Port Replicator 84G1320
380/385 Cover Set - Port Replicator 84G1321
ThinkPad 560 Port Replicator 46H4107

Numeric Keypad
Belgian 95F5741
Danish 95F5467
Dutch 95F5467
French 95F6313
German 95F6314
Greek 95F5467
Hebrew 95F5741
Icelandic 95F5467
Italian 95F6316
Japanese 79F6401
Norwegian 95F5467
Spanish 95F6315
Turkish 95F5467
Black Keypad
French 84G6286
German 84G6280
Italian 84G6292
Norwegian 84G6310
Swedish 84G6304
Black Keyboard
French 84G6285
German 84G6279
Italian 84G6291
Norwegian 84G6309
Swedish 84G6303
Accessories
Tools
Audio Wrap Cable 66G5180
ThinkPad Hardware Maintenance 78H5384
Diskette - Version 1.30
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 259

Power Cords
IBM power cords for a specific country are usually

available only in that country:
For 2-pin power cords:
IBM Power
Cord Used in These Countries
Part Number
Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Bolivia,
Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia,
Costa Rica, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala,
Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica,
13H5264 Korea (South), Mexico, Netherlands
Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru,
Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Suriname,
Taiwan, Thailand, Trinidad (West
Indies), United States of America,
Venezuela
Abu Dhabi, Albania, Antigua, Bahrain,
Brunei, Dubai, Fiji, Hong Kong, India,
Ireland, Kenya, Kuwait, Macao,
14F0033
Malaysia, Nigeria, Oman, People's
Republic of China, Qatar, Singapore,
United Kingdom

IBM Power
Cord Used in These Countries
Part Number
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Chile,
Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt,
Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Israel,
13H5270
Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Poland,
Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Spain,
Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, former
Yugoslavia
13H5273 Japan
Argentina, Australia, New Zealand,
13H5276 Papua New Guinea, Paraguay,
Uruguay
Bangladesh, Pakistan, South Africa, Sri
13H5279
Lanka

Important
The grounded adapter is required for full MPRI
compliance.
IBM Power
Cord
Used in These Countries
Part Number
Argentina, Australia, Papua New
76H3514 Guinea, New Zealand, Paraguay,
Uruguay
Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Bolivia,
Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia,
Costa Rica, Dominican Republic,
Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala,
Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica,
76H3516
Mexico, Netherlands Antilles,
Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines,
Saudi Arabia, Suriname, Taiwan,
Trinidad (West Indies), United States of
America, Venezuela
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech
Republic, Egypt, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland,
76H3518 Indonesia, Netherlands, Norway,
Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia,
Spain, Sweden, Turkey, former
Yugoslavia
76H3520 Denmark
Bangladesh, Pakistan, South Africa, Sri
76H3522
Lanka
ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) 261

IBM Power
Cord
Used in These Countries
Part Number
Abu Dhabi, Albania, Antigua, Bahrain,
Brunei, Dubai, Fiji, Hong Kong, India,
Ireland, Kenya, Kuwait, Macao,
76H3524
Malaysia, Nigeria, Oman, People's
Republic of China, Qatar, Singapore,
United Kingdom
76H3526 Japan
76H3528 Switzerland, Liechtenstein
76H3530 Chile, Italy, Ethiopia, Libya
76H3532 Israel
76H3535 Korea
76H4866 Thailand

ThinkPad 560 (2640)
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
System Board Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout . . . 270
Status Indicator Checkout . . . . . . . . . . 272
Port Replicator Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Function-Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . 288
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
1010 Backup Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
1020 DIMM Card (If installed) . . . . . . . . 299
1030 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
1040 Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1050 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
1060 LCD Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
1070 Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
1080 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
1090 PCMCIA Slot Assembly . . . . . . . . 310
1100 System Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
1120 LCD Front Cover . . . . . . . . . . . 313
1130 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1140 Inverter Card (DSTN only) . . . . . . . 318
1150 LCD Cable / Hinges . . . . . . . . . . 319
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Parts Listing 560 (2640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
LCD FRU (DSTN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
LCD FRU (TFT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Read This First
section.
Important Notes
any FRUs.
over.



change.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 265

following in the parts exchange form or parts return form
that is attached to the returned FRU.
2. Date of service.

whether or not the damage applies the warranty by
Warranty Note
use:
or by being dropped.
excessive force.
card.
Damage caused by foreign material in the FDD.
multiple labels.
device.
Forgotten computer password, making computer
unusable.

indicate damage caused by non-warranted
activity:
How to Disable the Power-On Password

Important
Dealer for this this procedure.

See “Bottom View” on page 322 for the power shutdown

switch.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 267

Checkout Guide
problems.
Note
The diagnostic tests are intended to test only IBM
system responses.

possible.
the same operation.
Note
To run the diagnostics, refer to “How to Run the

go on or stay on.)
complete. No Index” on page 279,
beeps/error code are and then use the No
indicated. Beep Symptoms table.
Symptoms table.
Numeric Error Codes
table.
The diagnostic test “How to Run the
detected an error and Diagnostics” on
displayed an FRU code. page 292.

Symptoms table.
recreated. (Intermittent reported symptoms and
Memory Checkout
DIMM cards are available for increasing memory capacity.

8MB 16000KB
16MB 24192KB
32MB 40576KB

Note
Make sure that the DIMM card is fully installed into the
connector. A loose connection can cause an error.
1. Power off the computer and remove the DIMM card

from its slot (if installed).
the system board.
5. Power off the computer and reinstall the DIMM card;
then power on the computer. Verify the memory size;
then test the memory. If an error appears, replace
the DIMM card.

information.

ThinkPad 560 (2640) 269


System Board Checkout

The processing functions are performed by the system
board. When a numeric code calls the system board as a
FRU, use the following procedure to isolate the problem.
This test verifies the system board. If no error is
detected, return to “Checkout Guide” on page 268.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board.
If above procedure does not correct the problem, go to


Checkout
be tested.

connector on the system board.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, run the

Keyboard Test by doing the following:
1. Go to the diagnostic menu screen by pressing Ctrl+A
in the Easy-Setup screen.
2. Press Ctrl+K; a layout of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
3. Check that when each key is pressed, the key's
Note
When a Fn key is pressed, a black square briefly
appears.

non-defective FRU.
Reseat the keyboard cable.


computer.
Numeric keypad
If any of the above devices do not work, reseat the cable

If the problem does not occur again, recheck the

connector.


If the TrackPoint III will not work, check the configuration in
the ThinkPad Features program. If the configuration of the
TrackPoint III is disabled, select Enable to enable it.

with the following.

running, or when re-adjustment is required because the

do the following:
If either the pointing stick or the click button do not work,
Reseat the keyboard cables.
Diskette Drive Test

ThinkPad 560 (2640) 271

FDD-1 represents external diskette drive attached through
the external diskette drive connector. FDD-2 represents
the port replicator.


Tool; then select the FDD-1 or FDD-2 icon and press
the spacebar. A √ mark appears next to the selected
icon. Insert the blank diskette when instructed.
FDD-1 or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
6. If FDD-2 test detects an error, move the drive to the
computer's diskette drive connector directly, if
possible, and test it again as FDD-1.
If no errors occur in the FDD-1 position, the drive is
not defective. Go to “Port Replicator Checkout” on
page 275 to isolate the replicator problem.
Status Indicator Checkout

If an LED problem occurs, do the following:
1. Power off the computer
2. Power on the computer
3. All the LEDs in the indicator panel turn on for a
moment soon after the computer is powered-on.
Make sure that all LEDs turn on.
If the problems remains, replace the system board.

computer using each of the power sources as follows.
1. Remove the battery pack and diskette drive.
supplied.
3. Disconnect the AC Adapter and install the charged
battery pack; then check that power is supplied by the
battery pack.


used.
and installation.
“Checking Operational Charging.”
Adapter cable. See the following figure.
(16 - 10 V)
Pin Voltage (V dc)

1 +14.5 to +17.0
2 Ground

If the problem is not corrected, go to
and initialized.
Adapter.
Note
An audible noise from the AC Adapter does not

ThinkPad 560 (2640) 273


battery pack from being over-charged or having a
shortened life.
Do the following:
following figure.
1
3 2
5 4

1 +0 to +13.5
2 Send
3 Thermal
4 Ground (−)
5 Select
Note
Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used for
communication between the system and the
battery.

Note
If the voltage of the battery pack is 0 V, it is not
defective.

pack. If the resistance is correct, replace the system
board.

from the computer.
2. Turn the computer upside down.
3. Remove the DIMM cover and backup battery (see
“1010 Backup Battery” on page 298).
following figure.
Note: Be careful not to measure the wrong side of
the backup battery.
Black (-)
Red (+)
SONY
+
Wire Voltage (V dc)

Red +2.5 to +3.7
Black Ground


expansion connector at the bottom of the computer.
attached.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 275

(If another device already connected to the computer,
remove it first.)
6. Go to the “How to Run the Diagnostics” on page 292
and run the diagnostics.
an error, suspect a problem with the port replicator of
8. Power off the computer and reconnect the port
replicator.
9. Power on the computer and run the following
the replicator.
the replicator.
FDD-2 device test on the failing device with
scratch diskette.
diskette drive attachment unit.
the system board.
11. If power problems appear only when using the

battery power.

occurs:


mode:

occur:
The LCD is powered-off.
The CPU is stopped.

Notes
closed.”

The LCD is closed.

mode:
hibernation mode.

following occurs:
Note

(Fn+F12).
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 277

Event that causes the computer to exit hibernation mode.



first.
Note
Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the
sequence shown in the “FRU/Action” columns. If a
FRU does not solve the problem, put the original part
back in the computer. Do not replace a non-defective
FRU.


any number.

Note
For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic codes in
the ThinkPad notebook computers, see the manual for
that device.
Numeric Error Codes

10X 1. System Board
102: Timer failure.
failure.
104: Protected mode
failure.
105: Last 8042
command not
accepted.
108: Timer bus test
failure.
109: Low meg-chip
select test.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 279

(Planar parity.) Checkout” on
page 269.
2. DIMM Card
3. The computer is
attached to the
expansion unit.
4. System Board
page 269.
2. System Board
page 275.
2. Backup Battery
3. System Board
163 1. Reseat the keyboard
(Time and Date was not connector on the
set.) system board.
2. Set Time and Date.
3. System Board
(Configuration data was connector on the
lost.) system board.
2. Select OK in the error
screen; then set the
time and date.
3. Backup Battery
4. System Board
174 1. Check Device
Perform“Checking the 2. System Board
Installed Devices List” on 3. Diskette Drive
page 293 before changing Assembly
any FRUs.) 4. Hard Disk Drive
Assembly
in Easy-Setup.
was on.)
(PM initialization error.)
195 1. Check if the
configuration.) the DIMM card is
added.

hibernation area of the 2. Hard Disk Drive
HDD.)
1XX 1. System Board
error. page 269.
202: Memory line error 2. DIMM Card
00–15. 3. System Board
16–23.
205: Memory test
failure on on-board
memory.
221: ROM to RAM
remap error.
301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX 1. Go to
Input Device
Checkout” on
page 270.
2. Keyboard
3. External Numeric
Keypad
4. External Keyboard
5. Keyboard/Mouse Cable
6. System Board
controller error.) 2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. Diskette
4. System Board
2. Diskette
3. Diskette Drive
Assembly
from the diskette drive.) 2. Diskette Drive
Assembly
3. System Board
11XX 1. Serial Device
1101: Serial_A test failure. 2. Communication Cable
3. System Board
1201: Serial_B test failure. (Infrared)
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 281

17XX 1. Hard Disk Drive
1701: Hard disk 2. System Board
controller failure.
1780, 1790: Hard disk
0 error.
1781, 1791: Hard disk
1 error.
error.)
808X 1. PCMCIA Slot
8081: PCMCIA Assembly
presence test failure. 2. PCMCIA Device
(PCMCIA revision 3. System Board
test failure.
860X 1. External Mouse
(Pointing device error when 2. External Keyboard
TrackPoint III is disabled.) 3. System Board
8601: System bus
error–8042 mouse
interface.
error.
8603: System bus
(Pointing device error when cable on the system
TrackPoint III is enabled.) board.
8611: System bus 2. Keyboard
error–I/F between 8042 3. External Mouse
and IPDC. 4. System Board
8612: TrackPoint error.
8613: System board or
TrackPoint error.
I9990301: Hard disk If not, install the
error. operating system.
I9990302: Invalid hard 2. Reseat the boot
disk boot record. device.
I9990305: No bootable 3. Check the startup
device. sequence for the
4. Check that the
no failure and is
I9990303 1. System Board
sum error.)

page 290.

Start Restart
1
x
SystemBoard Memory Display HDD FDD-1 PCMCIA Parallel
DEV 001 OK
FRU 02
ERR 0010
2
Serial DSP CDROM Infrared Audio FDD-2
Exit


tests, a three digits device ID is displayed. The device ID

ID
001 System Board

086 Pointing Device
002 Memory
Memory
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 283

ID
050 Display
Display
017 Hard Disk Drive

HDD
1 006 External Diskette Drive

or FDD Connector of the
computer
FDD-1
2 or FDD Connector of the
port replicator
FDD-2
080 PCMCIA
PCMCIA
009 Parallel
Parallel
011, Serial
012
Serial
103 IR
Infrared
150 Audio (ESS)
Audio

FRU that indicated two rightmost digits. No FRU is
other FRU code is filled with zeros. See the reference
FRU Code FRU

10 System Board
30 Reserved
32 External Keyboard
33 External Mouse
40 LCD Assembly
45 External CRT

FRU Code FRU
60 1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive
2. Hard Disk Drive

Beep Symptoms
Continuous beeps. System Board
LCD. 2. LCD Assembly
3. System Board
“Unable to access boot 2. System Board
source.”
One long, two short beeps 1. System Board
and a blank or unreadable 2. LCD Assembly
LCD.
operated.
due to low battery voltage.) battery (allows system to
complete shutdown
before changing the
battery).
page 279.
Two short beeps with blank System Board
screen.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 285

No Beep Symptoms
2. System Board
3. Power sources
on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
on, and a blinking cursor
only during POST.
system runs correctly. and check the
speaker.
2. Speaker
3. System Board
Important

921 000 thin-film transistors (TFTs). A small number
should be replaced if the number of dots satisfies the
following condition:

on, and a blank LCD during
POST.
LCD too dark, or 2. LCD Assembly

be adjusted, or
LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.
unreadable, or for “LCD-Related
pels, or 2. Reseat all LCD
Screen abnormal, or connectors.
Wrong color displayed. 3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board

LCD has extra horizontal or LCD Assembly
Symptoms
keys) does not work. cable on the system
board.
2. Keyboard
3. System Board
work. cable on the system
board.
Checkout” on
page 271.
3. Keyboard
4. System Board
page 271.
Indicator incorrectly remains 1. System Board
off or on, but system runs
correctly.
yellow, to orange. 2. Battery Pack
3. System Board
on page 272.
2. Battery Pack
two hours.
4. Power sources
(See “Power Shutdown 2. System Board
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 287

Function-Related Symptoms
The system will not suspend 1. Go to “Suspend
or resume by opening or Mode” on page 276,
closing the LCD. and check that the
computer can enter
suspend mode.
system and press
Fn+F4. If the
computer enters
suspend mode,
suspect that the
3. LCD Assembly
4. System Board
Battery Fuel-Gauge does Go to “Checking the
not go higher than 90%. Battery Pack” on
note.
actual size.
devices. page 293.
“Common Devices
3. Cable
4. System Board
problems. 2. Device Cable
3. System Board

near the computer.
The computer may
light.
3. Run the advanced
error occurs and a
replace the parts
shown by the FRU
code.
Other Symptoms
Replicator is used. Checkout” on page 275.
PCMCIA slot pin is PCMCIA Slots Assembly
damaged.
Note
If you cannot find a symptom or error in this list and
the problem remains, see “Undetermined Problems”
on page 290.
or software errors. FRU replacement should only be

errors exist.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 289


computer.
FRU.
a. Non-IBM devices
connector
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive
g. DIMM card
h. PC Cards
failing FRU.
LCD assembly
System board

page 270
Status Indicators
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 291

.1/Battery Green Battery fully
charged
Orange Battery charging
Blinking orange Battery needs
charging
.2/Hard Disk In Orange Data is read
Use from or written to
the hard disk
drive.
.3/Numeric Lock Green Numeric keypad

on the keyboard
1 is enabled.
.4/Caps Lock Green Caps lock mode

is enabled.
A
.5/Scroll Lock Green Arrow keys can
be used as
screen-scroll
function key.
.6/Suspend Green Suspend mode
Mode
Blinking Green Entering
suspend mode
.7/Power On Green Power on

Note
The following tools are required:


this step.
Error Log
Do the following to display the errors.

3. Press Ctrl+E.
Esc.


an FDD-1.
The Parallel, and Serial icons are always displayed in a

dark shade because the icons represent subsystems of the
system board and not the attachment of the devices.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 293

The FDD-1 icon represent the first drive in the system
configuration for each type of device. For ThinkPad 560,
FDD-1 represents an external diskette drive attached
through the external diskette drive connector. Similarly,
the FDD-2 icon represent the second drive, usually
attached through a port replicator.

correct. This procedure will erase all information on the
disk.

2. Insert the ThinkPad hardware maintenance
diskette Ver 1.20 into diskette drive A and power on
the computer.
PC Test Card LED


Fn Key Combinations

Fn + Description
F1 Reserved
F2 Fuel-Gauge display ON/OFF
F5 Reserved
F6 Reserved
F8 Reserved
F9 Reserved
F10 Reserved
(Toggles High Power, Intelligent, Economy)
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 295

Product Overview (560)
features.
Feature Description
Processor Intel Pentium 100 MHz
Intel Pentium 120 MHz
Intel Pentium 133 MHz
Bus Architecture PCI Bus
Memory (Standard) 8MB (on the system board)
Memory (Option) 8MB, 16MB, 32MB
DIMM card (max.
40MB)
CMOS RAM 114 Bytes
VGA Video 11.3-inch, 256 colors,
800×600 pixel DSTN
color LCD
12.1-inch, 64K colors,
800×600 pixel TFT
color LCD
Diskette Drive 1.44MB (2-mode),
(External) 3.5-inch
1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch, for Japan
Hard Disk Drive 810MB, 2.5-inch, IDE
interface
interface
interface
I/O Port Headphone
Microphone
Port replicator
Audio 16-bit Audio
Internal speaker
Internal microphone
Mechanical volume
Infrared Transfer IrDA** 1.0
PCMCIA One Type-III
or two Type-II

replacements.



ThinkPad 560 (2640) 297

1010 Backup Battery

Turn the computer upside down.
1
2

.1/ DIMM Cover (1) 6 mm
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw.

1020 DIMM Card (If installed)

1
2
5
4
3

.1/ DIMM Cover (1) 6 mm
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 299

1030 Battery Pack

1040 Frame
Battery Pack (1030)
2 1
2

.1/ Base Cover (2) 12 mm
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 301

Frame
Keyboard
Note
1. Be careful not to remove the Esc key when you
remove the frame. If Esc key is removed,
replace the key as shown.
1 Esc
1
F1
F2
2. When replacing the frame, check whether the

click buttons of the TrackPoint III can be pressed
correctly.
If the frame is not in place, the click buttons do
not work.

1050 Keyboard Unit
Battery Pack (1030)

Note
When replacing the frame, first replace the middle four
screws that shown in black in the figure; then check
whether the click buttons of the TrackPoint III can be
pressed correctly.
If the frame is not in place, the click buttons do not

work.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 303

3
Frame
Keyboard

Note
Be careful not to remove the Esc key when you
remove the frame. If Esc key is removed, replace the
key as shown.
1 Esc
1
F1
F2
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 305

1060 LCD Assembly
Battery Pack (1030)

.2/ LCD Assembly (2) 6 mm
.3/ LCD Cable (1) 4 mm
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 307

1070 Speaker
Battery Pack (1030)

Warning
Note
Remove the hard disk drive exactly as shown in the
figure. Do not apply any extra force to the hard disk
drive when removing it.
Battery Pack (1030)

2
1
4
5

.1/ HDD Bracket (1) 6 mm
.5/ Hard Disk Drive (2) 3 mm
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 309

Battery Pack (1030)
Note
Before removing and replacing the PCMCIA slot
assembly, make sure that the PCMCIA cards are
removed and the eject levers are not sticking out.
2
3

.1/ PCMCIA Slot Assembly (4) 6 mm

1100 System Board
DIMM Card (If installed) (1020)
Battery Pack (1030)
LCD Assembly (1060)
Speaker (1070)
PCMCIA Slot Assembly (1090)
Notes
The system unit serial number must be restored
when the system board is replaced. To restore
the system unit serial number, select the option
“Set system identification” on the maintenance
diskette. The flash ROM on the system board
contains the vital product data (VPD), that is, the
system unit serial number, system board system
number, and other computer-unique data.
Do not power off the computer when restoring
the VPD. The system unit serial number label is
attached to the base cover.

(Hex)
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 311

When replacing
4 5

.4/ System Board (2) 4 mm

1120 LCD Front Cover
Important

921,000 thin-film transistors (TFTs). A small number
of missing, discolored, or constantly lighted dots is
characteristic of TFT LCD technology, but excessive
should be replaced if the number of missing,
discolored, or lighted dots in any background is 21 or
more.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 313

Notes:
1. For the TFT LCD, the slide knob is one in step .4/.
2. The LCD front cover has several latches. Release
the latches as shown.

.2/ LCD Front Cover (3) M 2.6 x
6mm,
Flat
head

1130 LCD Panel
DSTN Panel

.1/ LCD Panel (4) M 2.5 x
6mm,
Flat
head
When replacing:
Connect the LCD connector to the inverter card by
lining them up straight.
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 315

TFT Panel

.1/ LCD Panel (4) M 2.5 x
6mm,
Flat
head
Notes:
There are two types of rear covers for the ThinkPad
560 TFT LCD unit. Make sure which type you have
and follow the relevant information.
1. If there are bosses on the rear cover, put each boss
into each hole of the LCD panel assembly.
2. If there are no bosses on the rear cover, assemble

the panel as shown in the following figure.

ThinkPad 560 (2640) 317
1140 Inverter Card (DSTN only)

LCD Panel (1130)

.1/ Hinges (1) M 2.5 x
6mm,
Flat
head

1150 LCD Cable / Hinges
DIMM Card (If installed) (1020)

Battery Pack (1030)
LCD Assembly (1060) file
LCD Panel (1130)
Inverter Card (DSTN only)(1140)
DSTN
.1/.2/: LCD cable
.3/.4/: Hinges

.1/ LCD Cable (2) M 2.5 x
6mm,
Flat
head
.3/ Hinges (3) M 2.5 x
6mm,
Flat
head
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 319

TFT
.1/.2/: LCD cable
.3/.4/: Hinges
When replacing:
See the following figure when replacing the LCD
cable.

.1/ LCD Cable (2) M 2.5 x
6mm,
Flat
head
.3/ Hinges (3) M 2.5 x
6mm,
Flat
head

Locations
Front View
.1/ LCD
.4/ Headphone Jack
.5/ Microphone/Line-In Jack
.6/ Volume Control
.7/ PCMCIA Slots
.8/ PC Card Eject Buttons
.9/ Battery Pack
.1ð/ TrackPoint III
.11/ LCD Latch
.12/ Fn Key
.13/ Keyboard
.14/ Indicator Panel
.15/ Built-In Microphone
15 1
14
DSTN
13 2
3
TFT
12
3
4
11 5
6
9
8 7
10
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 321

Bottom View
.1/ System-Expansion Connector
.2/ Power Shutdown Switch
.3/ Memory Slot
.4/ Memory-Slot Cover
.5/ Battery Pack Latch
1
5
2
3

Rear View
.1/ Power Switch
.2/ IR Port
.4/ External Monitor
.7/ Security Keyhole
.8/ External-Input-Device Connector
.9/ Power Jack
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 323

Notes

Parts Listing 560 (2640)
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 325

Index System Unit
1 LCD Assembly (11.3 DSTN) 20H4267
(U.S.-2640, model 1xx, 3xx, 5xx)
LCD Assembly (12.1 TFT) 12J1600
(U.S.-2640, model 2xx, Exx, Fxx)
2 Frame 10L2028
3 Keyboard (see keyboard section)
4 TrackPoint III 84G6536
5 Speaker 46H4133
6 EMI Bracket I/O 46H4149
7 System Board (100 MHz) 05K4302
(U.S.-2640, model 5xx)
System Board (120 MHz) 05K4303
(U.S.-2640, model Exx)
(U.S.-2640, model Fxx)
(U.S.-2640, model 1xx, 2xx)
8 PCMCAI Slot 46H4134
9 Rubber Cap I/O 46H4151
10 Base Cover 46H4084
10a EMI Spring 46H4145
11 DIMM Cover 46H4131
12 PCMCIA Cover 46H4127
14 Bracket Battery Guide 46H4135
15 FDD Connector Cover 46H4128
16 Power Switch 46H4138
17 HDD Bracket 46H4137
18 Hard Disk Drive (540 MB) 39H2219
(U.S.-2640, model 5xx, Exx)
(U.S.-2640, model Fxx)
Note:
Order either of the below hard disk drives that
match the FRU number of the drive being replaced.
(U.S.-2640, model 1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 4xx)
Hard Disk Drive (2.1 GB) 12J4569
19 HDD Flexible Cable 46H4136
20 Keyboard Sheet 46H4150
DC/DC Card 05K4300

AC Adapter 85G6698
AC Adapter Slim (2 plong) 85G6738
External FDD (2-mode) 10H4056
(U.S.-2640, model 1xx, 2xx, 3xx, 4xx,
5xx, Exx, Fxx, Hxx)
External FDD (3-mode) 39F2086
External FDD Cable 39F2077
Screw Kit 46H4143
Screw Cap 66G5046

LCD FRU (DSTN)
Index System Unit

1 LCD Front Cover 20H4265
2 Control Knob 46H4158
3 LCD Panel (Order LCD Assembly) N/A
4 Spacer 46H4159
6 Shield Sheet 46H4157
7 LCD Cable 46H4156
8 Hinges 46H4155
9 LCD Rear Cover 46H4153
Screw Cover 66G5046

Screw 46H4160
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 327

LCD FRU (TFT)
Index System Unit

1 LCD Front Cover 05K4603
2 Control Knob 11J9664
3 LCD Panel (Order LCD Assembly) N/A
4 Shield Sheet 46H4165
5 LCD Cable 46H4164
6 Hinges 11J9663
7 LCD Rear Cover 46H4161
Inverter Card 82H5509

Screw Cover 66G5046
Screw 46H3939

Keyboard
Arabic 20H4232
Belgian 20H4230
Danish 20H4225
Dutch 20H4224
French 20H4222
German 20H4221
Greek 20H4235
Hebrew 20H4233
Italian 20H4223
Japanese 20H4239
Korean 20H4140
Norwegian 20H4227
Portuguese 20H4231
Russian 20H4238
Spanish 20H4226
Swiss 20H4228
Turkish 20H4234
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 329

Miscellaneous Parts
Screw Kit 46H4143
(Includes the following:)
M2 x 3 Screw (1)
M2.5 x 4, black (5)
M2.5 x 6, black (19)
M2.5 x 12, black (2)
M3 x 3 (2)
Hex Stud (6)
Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter with a new one,
use the one for the country you are in even if the
computer is from different country.
options.
Headset 85G1529
1.08 GB Hard Disk Drive Assembly 39H2221
Microphone 66G7871
ThinkPad 560 Port Replicator 46H4107
DIMM 8MB 42H2767
DIMM 16MB 42H2768
DIMM 32MB 42H2769
Interface Cable, System to Keyboard 84G2531
Interface Cable, Keyboard to Keypad 84G2532
Mini-DIN to Mini-DIN Cable. 84G6474

Numeric Keypad
Belgian 95F5741
Danish 95F5467
Dutch 95F5467
French 95F6313
German 95F6314
Greek 95F5467
Hebrew 95F5741
Icelandic 95F5467
Italian 95F6316
Japanese 79F6401
Norwegian 95F5467
Spanish 95F6315
Turkish 95F5467
Black Keypad
French 84G6286
German 84G6280
Italian 84G6292
Swedish 84G6304
Norway 84G6310
Black Keyboard
French 84G6285
German 84G6279
Italian 84G6291
Swedish 84G6303
Norway 84G6309
Accessories
Tools
Diskette Ver 2.01
(This diskette is common for
all ThinkPad models.)
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 331

Power Cords
IBM power cords for a specific country are usually

available only in that country:
IBM Used in These Countries

Power
Cord
Part
Number
13H5264 Bahamas, Barbados, Bermuda, Bolivia, Canada,
Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica,
Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador,
Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica,
Korea (South), Mexico, Netherlands Antilles,
Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi
Arabia, Suriname, Taiwan, Thailand, Trinidad
(West Indies), United States of America,
Venezuela
14F0033 Abu Dhabi, Albania, Antigua, Bahrain, Brunei,
Dubai, Fiji, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Kenya,
Kuwait, Macao, Malasia, Nigeria, Oman,
People's Republic of China, Qatar, Singapore,
United Kingdom
13H5270 Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Chile, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia,
Israel, Italy, Netherlands, Norway, Poland,
Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden,
Switzerland, Turkey, former Yugoslavia
13H5273 Japan
13H5276 Argentina, Australia, New Guinea, New Zealand,
Papua, Paraguay, Uruguay
13H5279 Bangladesh, Pakistan, South Africa, Sri Lanka

Note
The grounded adapter is required for full MPRII
compliance.
IBM
Power Used in These Countries
Cord
Part
Number
25H2205 Argentina, Australia, New Guinea, New Zealand,
Papua, Paraguay, Uruguay
Korea (South), Mexico, Netherlands Antilles,
Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi
Arabia, Suriname, Taiwan, Trinidad (West
Indies), United States of America, Venezuela
25H2209 Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic,
Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Netherlands,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia,
Spain, Sweden, Turkey, former Yugoslavia
25H2211 Denmark
25H2215 Abu Dhabi, Albania, Antigua, Bahrain, Brunei,
Kuwait, Macao, Malaysia, Nigeria, Oman,
United Kingdom
25H2219 Thailand
25H2221 Switzerland
25H2223 Chile, Italy
25H2225 Israel
ThinkPad 560 (2640) 333

For 3-pin slim power cords:
IBM
Power Used in These Countries
Cord
P/N
76H3514 Argentina, Australia, Papua New Guinea, New
Zealand, Paraguay, Uruguay
Mexico, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua,
Panama, Peru, Philippines, Saudi Arabia,
Suriname, Taiwan, Trinidad (West Indies),
United States of America, Venezuela
76H3518 Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic,
Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Netherlands,
Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia,
Spain, Sweden, Turkey, former Yugoslavia
76H3520 Denmark
76H3524 Abu Dhabi, Albania, Antigua, Bahrain, Brunei,
Kuwait, Macao, Malaysia, Nigeria, Oman,
United Kingdom
76H3526 Japan
76H3528 Switzerland, Liechtenstein
76H3530 Chile, Italy, Ethiopia, Libya
76H3532 Israel
76H3535 Korea
76H4866 Thailand

ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547)
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Memory Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
System Board and CPU Card Checkout . . . . 344
Keyboard and Auxiliary Input Device Checkout 345
DSP Card Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Audio (ESS) Card Checkout . . . . . . . . . 346
Fan Checkout (Models 760XL/760XD) . . . . 347
Game Port Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
LCD Information Panel Checkout . . . . . . . 349
FRU Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
No Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
LCD Information Panel-Related Symptoms . . 367
Function/Audio-Related Symptoms . . . . . . 368
DSP-Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . 369
ESS-Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
LCD Information Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP) . . 375
PC Test Card LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Model 760C or 760CD . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Model 760E or 760ED . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Model 760L or 760LD . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Model 760EL or 760ELD . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Model 760XL or 760XD . . . . . . . . . . . 381
1010 Rear Connector Door . . . . . . . . . 383
1020 Diskette Drive/CD-ROM Drive . . . . . 384

1030 Battery Pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
1040 Hard Disk Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
1050 DIMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
1060 Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
1070 Keyboard Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
1080 LCD Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
1090 Front IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
1095 Rear IR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
1100 System Board Assembly . . . . . . . . 398
1125 Upper Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
1110 Video Card/Fan (Model Unique) . . . . 404
1135 External Diskette Drive Connector . . . 408
1120 DC/DC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
1130 DSP Card/ Audio (ESS) Card . . . . . 411
1140 CPU Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
1150 System Board and PCMCIA Slot Assembly 416
1160 Palm Rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
1170 Keyboard, Information Panel . . . . . . 420
1180 Keyboard Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
1190 Keyboard Card . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
1200 Backup Battery, Speaker, Standby Battery 425
LCD Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . 427
29H9029) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
1010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
1020 LCD Panel, Interface Cable Assembly . 430
1030 Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
73H6599) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
2010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
2020 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
2030 Interface Cable Assembly, Hinges . . . 437
LCD Unit, 10.4 SVGA (P/N 29H9227) . . . . . . 439
3010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
3020 LCD Panel, Interface Cable Assembly . 441
3030 Hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
LCD Unit, 10.4 VGA (P/N 46H5355) . . . . . . . 444
4010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
4020 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
LCD Unit, 11.3 DSTN (P/N 39H6232) . . . . . . 449
5010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
5020 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
LCD Unit, 12.1 XGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
6010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
6020 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
6030 Interface Cable Assembly, Hinges . . . . 458
LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 82H8496) . . . . . . 460
7010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
7030 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
11J8855) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

8010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
8020 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
46H5723) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
9010 LCD Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
9020 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Inside View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Bottom View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Power-On Password Connector . . . . . . . . 482
Parts Listing 760 (9546, 9547) . . . . . . . . . 483
Model 760C (9546) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Model 760CD (9546) . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Model 760E (9546) (CD Nonupgradable Type) 490
Model 760E (9546) (CD Upgradable Type) or
760ED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Model 760L (9547) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Model 760LD (9547) . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Model 760EL or 760ELD (9547) . . . . . . . 507
Model 760XL (9547) . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Model 760XD (9546) . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
LCD Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
29H9029) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
73H6599) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
LCD Unit, 10.4 SVGA (P/N 29H9227) . . . . . 524
LCD Unit, 10.4 VGA (P/N 46H5355) . . . . . 526
LCD Unit, 11.3 DSTN (P/N 39H6232) . . . . . 528
LCD Unit, 12.1 XGA (P/N 82H8486) . . . . . 530
LCD Unit, 12.1 XGA (P/N 46H5735, ASM P/N
46H5731) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 82H8496) . . . . . 534
LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 46H5725) . . . . . 536
11J8855) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Common or Option Parts List . . . . . . . . . 540
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 337

Read This First
section.
Important Notes
any FRUs.
over.
single, unreproducible failure. Single failures
software errors. FRU replacement should be
Be careful not to replace a nondefective FRU.


Checkout” in the “Common Devices Checkout” section for
more information.
How to Diagnose Multiple FRUs: If the adapter

or device has more than one FRU, the error code could be
caused by either FRU. Before replacing multiple FRUs, try
removing or exchanging each FRU, one by one in the
designated sequence, to see if the symptoms change.

following in the parts exchange form or part return form
that is attached to the returned FRU:
1. Name and phone number of servicer
2. Date of service
3. Date when part failed
4. Date of purchase
display, and beep symptoms
failing FRU was detected
7. Failing FRU name and part number
8. Machine type, model number, and serial number
9. Customer's name and address

whether the damage applies the warranty by referring to
the following:
Note for Warranty: During the warranty period, the
customer may be responsible for repair costs if the
computer damage was caused by misuse,
accident, modification, unsuitable physical or
operating environment, or improper maintenance by
the customer. The following list provides some
common items that are not covered under warranty
and some symptoms that may indicate the system
was subjected to stresses beyond normal use:

or by being dropped
Scratched (cosmetic) parts
excessive force
Damage caused by liquid spilled into the system
card
or UltraBay
multiple labels
Damaged or bent diskette eject button
forces shock, or by being dropped
Fuses blown by attaching a nonsupported device
Forgotten computer or hard disk password
(making the computer or hard disk unusable)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 339

indicate damage caused by nonwarranted activity:
How to Disable the Power-On Password:

Important
Supervisor and Hard Disk Passwords: The

supervisor password and the hard disk password (HDP)
are security features that are used to protect the system
and the hard disk data from unauthorized access. No
overriding capability is provided. If only a hard disk
password is set, obtaining permission from the password
owner to unlock the password is a prerequisite for running
diagnostic tests and performing service. If both supervisor
password and hard disk password are set, you can enter
Easy-Setup by pressing the Enter key or power-on
password at the supervisor password prompt. In this case,
the Password, Start up, and Initialize icons cannot be
selected.
See “Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP)” on

page 375 for more information about passwords.

See “Rear View” on page 479 for the power shutdown

switch.

Checkout Guide
problems.
system responses.
possible.
2. Verify the symptoms by attempting to re-create the
the same operation.
go on or stay on.)
error code are indicated. and then use the No
Beep Symptoms table.
Symptoms table.
Numeric Error Codes
table.
The diagnostic test “FRU Codes” on
detected an error and page 363.
displayed an FRU code.
problems). and then use the other
symptom table.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 341

re-created. (Intermittent reported symptoms and
Memory Checkout
DIMMs are available for increasing memory capacity.
Note: Models 760XL and 760XD have a dip switch on the
DIMM adapter card. When a 64MB 2-bank DIMM
is installed, the dip switch is located to the left (see
Case 2), and the base memory (8MB) on the DIMM
adapter card is disabled.
The 64MB 2-bank DIMM can be installed only in

slot 2. If the card is installed in slot 1, the card will
not be recognized as 64MB DIMM.

Models 760C/760CD/760L/760LD

0MB 7808KB
8MB 16000KB
12MB 20096KB
16MB 24192KB
20MB 28288KB
24MB 32384KB
28MB 36480KB
32MB 40576KB
Models 760E/760ED/760EL/760ELD/760XL/760XD
Displayed Value
Base Memory
DIMM Base Memory 8MB 16MB
0MB 7808KB 16000KB
8MB 16000KB 24192KB
16MB 24192KB 32384KB
24MB 32384KB 40576KB
32MB 40576KB 48768KB
40MB 48768KB 56960KB
48MB 56960KB 65152KB
64MB 73344KB 81536KB
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 343

Use the following procedure to isolate memory problems:

Note: Make sure that the DIMM adapter card is fully
installed into the connector. A loose connection
can cause an error.
1. Power-off the computer and remove the DIMM
adapter card from its slot (if installed).
2. Press and hold the F1 key; then power-on the
the system board.
5. Power-off the computer and reinstall the DIMM
adapter card; then power-on the computer. Verify the
memory size; then test the memory. If an error
appears, replace the DIMM adapter card.

information.



2. Insert the System Program Service Diskette into drive
A and power-on the computer.
System Board and CPU Card Checkout

The processing functions are performed by both the
system board and the CPU card. Processor problems can
be caused by either FRU. However, the CPU card
generally has a lower probability of failure. When a
numeric code calls the system board or the CPU card as a
FRU, or the CPU card is called by a diagnostic test by
showing FRU code 11, use the following procedure to
isolate the problem:
This test verifies both the system board and the CPU
card. If no error is detected, return to “Checkout
Guide” on page 341.

Note: Don't touch the keyboard and pointing device
when the system board test is running. This
may cause an unexpected error.
2. If FRU code 10 appears, replace the system board
but do not replace the CPU card. Transfer the CPU
card from the old system board to the new system
board.
3. If FRU code 11 appears, reseat the CPU card.
5. If FRU code 11 remains, replace the CPU card.
If this procedure does not correct the problem, go to

Keyboard and Auxiliary Input Device

Checkout
be tested.

connector on the video card.
If the keyboard cable connection is correct, check the DSP

card (see “DSP Card Checkout” on page 346) or Audio
(ESS) card (see “Audio (ESS) Card Checkout” on
page 346).
If the tests do not detect a keyboard problem, run the

keyboard test by doing the following:
in the Easy-Setup menu.
2. Press Ctrl+A to enter to the advanced diagnostic
mode.
3. Press Ctrl+K; a layout of the keyboard appears on
the screen.
4. Check that when each key is pressed, the key's
Note: When the Fn key is pressed, a black square
briefly appears.

nondefective FRU.
Reseat the keyboard card cable.
Replace the keyboard card cable.
Replace the keyboard card assembly.
Replace the video card.

computer:
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 345

Numeric keypad
If any of these devices do not work, reseat the cable

If the problem does not recur, recheck the connector.

DSP Card Checkout

(Models 760C/760CD/760E/760ED/760XD)
2. Select DSP and run the diagnostic tests.
3. If the test detects a DSP card problem,
replace the DSP card.
Audio (ESS) Card Checkout

(Models 760L/760LD/760EL/760ELD/760XL)
2. Select Audio and run the diagnostic tests.
3. If the test detects a audio (ESS) card problem,
replace the audio (ESS) card.

If the TrackPoint III does not work, check the configuration
in the ThinkPad Features program. If the configuration of
the TrackPoint III is disabled, select Enable to enable it.

with the following.

running, or when readjustment is required because the

do the following:
1. Go to the Easy-Setup menu.

If either the pointing stick or the click button does not work,
problem. Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
Reseat the keyboard card cables.
Replace the keyboard card cables.
Replace the keyboard card assembly.
Replace the video card.
Fan Checkout (Models 760XL/760XD)

The cooling fan is controlled by a thermostat on the video
card. Prior to checking the fan, confirm that the 760XL or
760XD passes the diagnostics. Refer to “How to Run the
Model 760XL: To check the fan, do the following:

1. Turn off the computer.
2. Remove the following FRUs (see “FRU Removals and
Replacements” on page 382):
a. Diskette drive/CD-ROM drive
b. Battery pack
c. Hard disk drive
d. Top cover
e. LCD unit
f. Keyboard unit
g. Rear IR
h. System board assembly
i. Upper shield
3. Attach the AC adapter to the system board assembly.
4. Find U9 on the video card. Apply a short across pin
1 and pin 4 of U9 (LM56) with an appropriate
conductor. Then, turn on the computer.
Attention
Make sure the location of pin 1 and pin 4. Pin 8
is for power control. Don't touch pin 8.
Applying a short across pin 8 and another pin
may damage the card.
5. Check the rotation of the fan.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 347

Model 760XD: The fan starts when the temperature
of the inside box rises over 54°C, and stops when the
temperature of the inside box falls under 49°C.
To check the fan, do the following:

1. Turn off the computer.
2. Do the following steps to warm the computer up so
that the fan starts:
a. Put the computer on a non-thermal-conductive
material — for example, corrugated cardboard.
b. Attach the AC adapter; then turn on the
computer.
c. Run the video function loop test of the
diagnostics (see “How to Run the Diagnostics”
on page 373)
d. Close the LCD unit.
The fan should start rotating within 30 minutes.
3. Check the air flow coming out from the fan louver.
Game Port Checkout

Do the following if a joystick problem occurs:
1. Connect the joystick to the game port.
2. Go to the Easy-Setup menu.
3. Select an item with the joystick.
4. Press any button of the joystick.
5. Verify that all buttons work correctly.
If either the joystick or a button does not work, replace the

video card. If the problem persists, replace the system
board.
Diskette Drive Test

drive, or diskette. A scratch, write enabled, nondefective
FDD-1 represents the the diskette drive in the UltraBay.

FDD-2 represents the port replicator, expansion unit, or
diskette drive attached through the external diskette drive
connector.


Tool; then select FDD-1 or FDD-2 and press the
Spacebar. A √ mark appears next to the selected
icon. Insert the blank diskette when instructed.

FDD-1; or 51 for FDD-2 appears. If the diskette itself
6. If FDD-2 test detects an error, move the drive to the
computer's diskette drive connector directly, if
possible, and test it again as FDD-1.
If no errors occur in the FDD-1 position, the drive is
not defective. Go to “Port Replicator Checkout” in
“Common Devices Checkout” section to isolate the
replicator problem.
7. If the drive is attached through an Expansion Unit, go
to the service manual of the Expansion Unit to isolate
the problem.
8. If the drive is attached through a Diskette Drive
Attachment Unit, replace the unit.
If an error occurs when the external diskette drive is

attached through the external diskette drive connector and
there is not a diskette drive in the UltraBay, reseat the
connector on the video card. If the error still remains,
reseat the external diskette drive connector. If the error
still remains, replace the following FRUs one at a time:
1. External diskette drive kit
2. Video card
3. External diskette drive connector
LCD Information Panel Checkout

If an LCD information panel problem occurs, do the
following:
3. All the icons in the LCD information panel appear for
a moment soon after the computer is powered-on.
Verify that all icons appear correctly.
If some of the icons do not appear, replace the
keyboard.
If the problem still remains, replace the video card.

To verify the symptom of the problem, power-on the
computer using each of the power sources as follows:
1. Remove the battery pack, diskette drive, and hard
disk drive.
supplied.
3. Install the diskette drive or hard disk drive one at a
time, and check that power is supplied from each
power source.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 349

then check that power is supplied by the battery pack.
supply check in the following list:
“Checking the AC Adapter.”
“Checking the Car-Battery Adapter” on page 352.
“Checking the Standby Battery” on page 354.
“Port Replicator Power Overload” on page 358.

used.
and installation.
Note: For Model 760CD, 760ED, 760LD, 760ELD, 760XL,
and 760XD, there are two types of adapters. The
procedure for checking both types is the same.
2 1
(20 - 10 V)
Pin Voltage (V dc)

1 +18.0 to +21.0
2 Ground
(16 - 10 V)
Pin Voltage (V dc)

1 +14.5 to +17.0
2 Ground
If the voltage is correct, make sure the

connection between DC/DC card and system
board is not loose.

Replace the DC/DC card.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the
system board.
If the problem is still not corrected, go to
and initialized.
Adapter.



battery pack from being overcharged or having a
shortened life.
Do the following:
following figure:
(T)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 351

1 +0 to +13.5
2 Send
3 Thermal
4 Ground (−)
5 Select
Note: Signal lines, not used in these steps, are used

for communication between the system and
the battery.
Note: If the voltage of the battery pack is 0 V, it is
not defective.
pack.
If the resistance is correct, replace the DC/DC card.
Checking the Car-Battery Adapter

1. Unplug the Car-Battery Adapter cable from the
computer.
2. Plug the Car-Battery Adapter into the cigarette lighter
socket.
Note: If the adapter is already plugged in, reseat it.
3. Measure the output voltage of the Car-Battery
2 1
Pin Voltage (V dc)

1 +19.0 to +21.0
2 Ground
If the voltage is correct, the Car-Battery Adapter

is working correctly. Check that the computer
runs with the AC Adapter. If it runs correctly
with the AC Adapter, check the system board. If
the problem still remains, replace the following
FRUs one at a time.

a. DC/DC card
b. System board
If the problem is not resolved when the system
board is replaced, go to “Undetermined
If the voltage is outside the normal voltage
range, do one of the following:
– Try these test procedures in a different car,
if one is available.
– Replace the Car-Battery Adapter if the
computer works correctly with the AC
Adapter.
Note: If the output voltage from the cigarette lighter
socket of the car is less than 10.5 V dc, a
continuous noise may be heard. The condition of
the car battery should be checked by appropriate
service personal.

1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the diskette
drive/CD-ROM drive, the battery pack, and the hard
disk drive.
3. Remove the top cover and keyboard unit.
4. Open the keyboard unit; then remove the keyboard
card.
5. Remove the backup battery from the keyboard card.
(Refer to “1200 Backup Battery, Speaker, Standby
Battery” on page 425 to remove the battery.)
following figure:
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 353

(-) (+)
Red
Black
Wire Voltage (V dc)

Red +2.5 to +3.7
Black Ground

Checking the Standby Battery

1. Power-off the computer and unplug the AC Adapter
from the computer.
2. Open the keyboard, and remove the diskette
drive/CD-ROM drive, the battery pack, and the hard
disk drive.
3. Remove the top cover and keyboard unit.
4. Open the keyboard unit; then remove the keyboard
card.
5. Remove the standby battery from the keyboard card.
(Refer to “1200 Backup Battery, Speaker, Standby
Battery” on page 425 to remove the battery.)
Warning: Be careful not to cause a short circuit when
measuring the voltage.
6. Measure the voltage of the standby battery.
If the voltage between red and black is 3.5 V dc
or greater, the voltage is correct. Go to step 12
on page 355 to verify standby battery operation.

If the voltage is less than 3.5 V dc, go to the
next step.
7. Plug the AC Adapter into the computer and power-on
the computer.
Warning: Be careful not to cause a short circuit when
measuring the voltage.
8. Measure the output voltage at the connector on the
system board.
(+)
(-)
Black
Red
Pin Voltage (V dc)

+ +4.0
− Ground
If the voltage is less than +4.0 V dc, replace the

DC/DC card. If the voltage is still low, replace
the system board.
If the voltage is more than +4.0 V dc, power-off
the computer, replace the standby battery, and
go to the next step.
9. Ensure that the AC Adapter is plugged into the
computer; then power-on the computer.
10. Charging of the standby battery starts. A depleted
battery needs approximately 30 minutes to be
recharged to the operational voltage of +3.5 V dc.
11. Unplug the AC Adapter.
12. Verify the standby battery function by removing and
installing the battery pack during suspend mode.
Note: Removing and installing the battery pack
during suspend mode should be done within
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 355

one minute. The resume operation must start.
If the resume operation does not work,
switching of power from the battery pack to
standby battery will not be correct. Replace
the DC/DC card.
If replacing the DC/DC card does not resolve
the problem, replace the system board.

battery power.

occurs:

Standby requested by the Fn key (Fn+F3).

mode:

occur:
The LCD is powered off.
The hard disk is powered off.
The CPU is stopped.
Notes:
1. In the ThinkPad Features program, the computer
closed.”
can be set to “suspend hibernate while docked.”
4. In the following conditions, the computer cannot
enter suspend mode:
While a communication link is running.
While the computer is attached to a Dock I.

The LCD is closed.

The keyboard is opened.
In the ThinkPad features program, the computer can
be set to “Hibernate when battery becomes low.” The
default setting is suspend.

mode:
(Resume) The keyboard is closed.
hibernation mode.

following occurs:
The system is powered off.
Notes:
can be set to “suspend hibernate while docked.”
2. The computer cannot enter hibernation mode
when:
It is powered with ac power and a
The computer is attached to a DOCK I.
Any of the following events can cause the computer to

enter hibernation mode:
(Fn+F12).
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 357

The following event causes the computer to exit
hibernation mode:
The power-on switch is turned on.

Port Replicator Power Overload: If power

shutdowns occur intermittently when using PCMCIA-2
devices via a port replicator, suspect a current overload.
Some PCMCIA devices use much power; if the maximum
usage of each device occurs simultaneously, the total
current will exceed the limit, thereby causing a power
shutdown. Isolate this problem by removing one of the
devices, and use the computer under the same condition
to see whether a power shutdown occurs. Do this
procedure for all devices; then determine the cause.

first.
Note: Perform the FRU replacement or actions in the
sequence shown in the “FRU/Action in Sequence”
column. If a FRU did not solve the problem, put
the original part back in the computer. Do not
replace a nondefective FRU.


any number.

Note: For IBM devices not supported by diagnostic

codes in the ThinkPad notebook computers,
see the manual for that device.
Numeric Error Codes

10X 1. System board
102: Timer failure.
failure.
104: Protected mode
failure.
105: Last 8042
command not
accepted.
108: Timer bus test
failure.
109: Low meg-chip
select test.
(System board parity.) Checkout” on
page 342.
2. DIMM Adapter Card
and DIMM
3. The computer is
attached to the
expansion unit.
4. System board
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 359

page 342.
2. Expansion Unit/Port
Replicator
3. System board
158 1. Set HDPs for both
(HDP was not set even hard disk drives in the
though the supervisor HDD bay and the
password is set.) UltraBay.
159 1. Set correct HDPs for
(HDP is not set the same as both hard disk drives in
the supervisor password.) the HDD bay and the
UltraBay.
page 353.
2. Backup battery
3. System board
(Time and date were not connector on the
set.) video card.
2. Set time and date.
3. System board
(Configuration data was connector on the
lost.) video card.
2. Select OK in the error
screen; then set the
time and date.
3. Backup battery
4. System board
174 1. Check device
(Configuration error: configuration.
Perform“Checking the 2. System board
Installed Devices List” on 3. Diskette drive
page 374 before changing assembly
any FRUs.) 4. Hard disk drive
assembly
175, 177, 178 1. System board
175: EEPROM CRC
#1 error.
177: Supervisor
password check sum
error.
178: EEPROM is not
functional.
183 1. Have the user
(Incorrect password entered examine the
at the supervisor password password.
prompt.)
in Easy-Setup.

185 1. Reset the startup
(The startup sequence is sequence in
not valid. Suspect that Easy-Setup.
power was off when the
startup sequence was being
updated.)
186 1. System board
188 1. Set the system
(EEPROM CRC #2 error.) identification using
the ThinkPad
Hardware
Maintenance Diskette
Version 1.20.
was on.)
(PM initialization error.) 2. CPU card
195 1. Check if the
configuration.) the disk drive is from
another computer.
hibernation area of the 2. Hard disk drive
HDD.)
1XX 1. System board
error. page 342.
202: Memory line error 2. DIMM, or DIMM
00–15. Adapter
203: Memory line error 3. System board
16–23.
205: Memory test
failure on on-board
memory.
221: ROM to RAM
remap error.
301, 303, 304, 305, 3XX 1. Go to “Keyboard and
(301: Keyboard error.) Auxiliary Input
Device Checkout” on
page 345.
2. Keyboard
3. Video card
4. External numeric
keypad
6. Keyboard/mouse cable
7. System board
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 361

controller error.) 2. Diskette drive
assembly
3. Diskette
4. System board
2. Diskette
3. Diskette drive
assembly
from the diskette drive.) 2. Diskette drive
assembly
3. System board
11XX 1. Serial device
1101: Serial_A test failure. 2. Communication cable
3. System board
1701: Hard disk 2. System board
controller failure.
1780, 1790: Hard disk
0 error.
1781, 1791: Hard disk
1 error.
(2401: System board video 2. Video card
error.)
808X 1. PCMCIA slot
8081: PCMCIA assembly
presence test failure. 2. PCMCIA device
(PCMCIA revision 3. System board
test failure.
860X 1. External mouse
(Pointing device error when 2. External keyboard
TrackPoint III is disabled.) 3. System board
8601: System bus
error.–8042 mouse
interface.
error.
8603: System bus

(Pointing device error when connector on the
TrackPoint III is enabled.) video card.
8611: System bus 2. Reseat the keyboard
error.–I/F between TrackPoint III cable on
8042 and IPDC. the keyboard card.
8612: TrackPoint error. See “1180 Keyboard
8613: System board or Cable” on page 422.
TrackPoint error. 3. Keyboard
4. External mouse
5. Video card
6. System board
I9990301: Hard disk Install the operating
error. system if it is not
I9990302: Invalid hard installed.
disk boot record. 2. Reseat the boot
I9990305: No bootable device.
device. 3. Check the startup
sequence for the
4. Check that the
no failure and is
I9990303 1. System board
sum error.)
page 371.
FRU Codes
If an error is detected by the diagnostic tests, a four-digit
FRU code is displayed. The FRU code indicates two
suspected FRUs. Replace the FRU that is indicated by
the two leftmost digits first; then replace the FRU indicated
by the two rightmost digits. No FRU is assigned to code
00. If only one FRU is suspected, the other FRU code is
filled with zeros. See the page referred to before replacing
the FRU.
FRU Code FRU/Action

10 System board
11 CPU card
15 Audio card (ESS)
16 DSP card
17 Front IR unit
18 Rear IR unit
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 363

FRU Code FRU/Action
20 Memory
(See “Memory Checkout” on page 342.)
30 Reserved
32 External keyboard
33 External mouse
40 LCD assembly
42 Video card
45 External CRT
50 1. Reseat the drive (FDD-1)
60 1. Reseat the hard disk drive (HDD-1)
2. Hard disk drive (HDD-1)
62 1. Reseat the hard disk drive in the
UltraBay (HDD-2)
2. Hard disk drive in the UltraBay (HDD-2)
70 PCMCIA-2 (replicator)
71 PCMCIA (under UltraBay)
72 PCMCIA slot assembly
90 CD-ROM drive
91 External CD-ROM drive
Note: The device ID and error codes are used to indicate

the detail portion of the FRU which caused the
error. If replacing a FRU does not correct a
problem, see the device ID or error code from the
previous failure. If they have changed, the cause
might be because the new FRU is defective or that
the FRU was incorrectly installed.
If the problem remains after replacement of the

FRUs, go to “Undetermined Problems” on
page 371.
Beep Symptoms
Continuous beeps. System board
LCD. 2. LCD assembly
3. Video card
4. System board
5. DC/DC card

“Unable to access boot 2. System board
source.”
One long, two short beeps 1. System board
and a blank or unreadable 2. Video card
LCD. 3. LCD assembly
operated.
due to low battery voltage.) battery (allows system to
complete shutdown
before changing the
battery).
page 359.
Two short beeps with blank System board
screen.
No Beep Symptoms
2. System board
3. DC/DC card
4. Power sources
on, and a blank LCD during 2. DC/DC card
POST. 3. CPU card
on, and a blinking cursor 2. CPU card
only during POST. 3. DC/DC card
system runs correctly. and check the speaker.
2. Check whether the
DSP card or Audio
(ESS) card connector
is loose and reseat
the connector.
3. Speaker
4. DSP card/audio (ESS)
card
5. DC/DC card
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 365

Important

921, 000 thin-film transistors (TFTs). A small number
should be replaced if the number of missing,
discolored, or lighted dots in any background is 21 or
more.

on, and a blank LCD during 2. DC/DC card
POST. 3. Video card
4. CPU card
LCD too dark, or 2. LCD assembly
3. DC/DC card
be adjusted, or
LCD contrast cannot
be adjusted.
unreadable, or for “LCD-Related
pels, or 2. Reseat all LCD
Screen abnormal, or connectors.
Wrong color displayed. 3. LCD assembly
4. System board
5. Video card
LCD has extra horizontal or LCD assembly
Symptoms
keys) does not work. connector on the
video card.
2. Reseat the three
keyboard cables on the
keyboard card.
3. Keyboard
4. Video card
5. System board

work. connector on the
video card.
Checkout” on
page 346.
3. Keyboard
4. Video card
5. System board
page 346.
Indicator incorrectly remains 1. Reseat the LCD
off or on, but system runs connector on the
correctly. video card.
2. LCD assembly
3. Video card
4. System board
LCD Information Panel-Related

Symptoms
An icon in the LCD 1. Reseat the keyboard
information panel remains cable in the video
off or on, but the system card connector.
runs correctly. 2. Reseat the LCD
information panel cable
connectors in the
keyboard.
3. Keyboard
4. Video card
5. System board
on page 349.
2. Battery pack
2 hours.
4. DC/DC card
5. Power sources
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 367

(See “Power Shutdown 2. System board
Function/Audio-Related Symptoms
or resume by opening or Mode” on page 356
closing the keyboard. and check that the
computer can enter
suspend mode.
system and press
Fn+F4. If the
computer enters
suspend mode,
suspect that the
3. Keyboard card
4. Video card
5. System board
or resume by opening or Mode” on page 356,
closing the LCD. and check that the
computer can enter
suspend mode.
system and press
Fn+F4. If the
computer enters
suspend mode,
suspect that the
3. LCD assembly
4. Video card
5. System board
Battery fuel gauge does not Go to “Checking the
go higher than 90%. Battery Pack” on
note.
actual size.
devices. page 374.

DSP-Related Symptoms
In OS/2, DOS, or Windows 1. Reseat the DSP card.
multimedia programs, no 2. Go to “DSP Card
sound comes from the Checkout” on
computer. (Only system page 346 and check
beeps are heard at the DSP card.
power-on.) 3. Check that the device
driver is installed
correctly.
In OS/2, DOS, or Windows, 1. Check that the DSP
the modem does not work. Modem is active.
OS/2 and Windows:
Click the DSP Modem
icon in the ThinkPad
Feature program.
DOS:
Run the MWMODEM
ON command.
2. Reseat the DAA
module.
ESS-Related Symptoms
In OS/2, DOS, or Windows 1. Reseat the audio
multimedia programs, no (ESS) card.
sound comes from the 2. Go to “Audio (ESS)
computer. (Only system Card Checkout” on
beeps are heard at page 346 and check
power-on.) the audio (ESS) card.
3. Check that the device
driver is installed
correctly.
“Common Devices
Printer problems. 1. Run printer self-test.
2. Parallel port device
3. Cable
4. System board
problems. 2. Device cable
3. System board
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 369

near the computer.
The computer may
light.
3. Reseat the IR unit.
4. Run the advanced
error occurs and a
replace the parts
shown by the FRU
code.
Other Symptoms
Replicator is used. Checkout” in the
“Common Devices
PCMCIA slot pin is PCMCIA slots assembly
damaged.

and the problem remains, see “Undetermined
defect, such as cosmic radiation, electrostatic discharge, or

the FRU code. Rerun the test to verify that there are
no more errors.

failing FRU (do not isolate nondefective FRUs).

computer.
FRU.
3. Remove or disconnect all of the following devices:
a. Non-IBM devices
connector
d. Battery pack
e. Hard disk drive
f. Diskette drive/CD-ROM drive or the device
attached in the UltraBay.
g. DIMM
h. PC Cards
failing FRU.
one at a time. Do not replace a nondefective FRU.
DC/DC card
Video card
Keyboard card
LCD assembly
System board
DSP card or audio (ESS) card
CPU card
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 371

“Password Combinations (POP, HDP, PAP)” on
page 375
Status Indicators
status in different colors (green, yellow, and orange).

Green Battery fully charged
Orange Battery charging
Blinking Battery needs charging
orange
Green Computer is in suspend
mode
Blinking Computer is entering
Green suspend mode or
hibernation mode, or is
resuming normal operation
Green Power on
LCD Information Panel

The LCD information panel shows the current computer
status using these icons:
Icon Meaning
.1/ Speaker
.2/ Remaining battery

Icon Meaning
.3/ Secondary battery status
.4/ Main battery status
.5/ Diskette drive in-use
.6/ Hard disk in-use
.7/ Numeric lock
.8/ Caps lock
.9/ Scroll lock

5. “OK” appears when the test ends without any errors.
Note: The following tools are required.
CDROM: Any CD (data CD is
recommended)
8. Select a device, press the Spacebar, and install the
this step.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 373

Note: Don't touch the keyboard and pointing device
when the system board test in running. This
may cause an error.
A loop option menu appears where you can select a
device loop or all-device loop. Select a device by
pressing the Spacebar. Repeat this step to select
multiple devices. Press Enter to start the diagnostic
loop. If no device is selected, all device tests are
looped.
Error Log
Do the following to display the errors.

3. Press Ctrl+E.
Esc.


example, FDD-2 appears in a dark shade when no second
FDD is installed), do the following:
an FDD-1, an HDD-1, or a PCMCIA-1.
The PCMCIA-1, Parallel, and Serial icons are always

subsystems of the system board and not the attachment of
the devices.
The FDD-1, HDD-1, or PCMCIA-1 icons represent the first

drive in the system configuration for each type of device.
Similarly, the FDD-2 or PCMCIA-2 icons represent the

second drive, usually attached through a port replicator or
an expansion unit. The HDD-2 icon represents the hard
disk drive in the UltraBay. The HDD-3 and HDD-4 icons
represent the hard disk drive, attached through an
expansion unit.
Password Combinations (POP, HDP,

PAP)
When the power-on password (POP), hard disk password
(HDP), and supervisor password (PAP) are used, the
following situations may occur:
When POP is the same as HDP-1 or HDP-2

The POP prompt appears, but one of the HDP
prompts does not appear.
When POP is not the same as HDP-1 and HDP-2
The POP, HDP-1, and HDP-2 prompts all appear.
When PAP is used with HDP-1 or HDP-2
When PAP is used, HDP-1 or HDP-2 are enabled
automatically, but no HDP prompt appears. HDP-1
and HDP-2 are set the same as PAP.

Attention: Make sure the address of the drive to be
formatted is correct. This procedure erases all
information on the disk.

2. Insert the ThinkPad Hardware Maintenance Diskette
Version 1.20 into diskette drive A and power-on the
computer.
PC Test Card LED

ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 375

Fn Key Combinations

Fn + Description
F1 Reserved
F2 Fuel-Gauge display on or off
F5 Reserved
F6 Reserved
F7 LCD or CRT display
F8 Reserved
F9 Reserved
F10 Reserved
F11 Power management mode
(toggling between high power, intelligent, and
economy)

Product Overview (760)
features:
Model 760C or 760CD

Feature Description
Processor Intel Pentium 90 MHz with 256KB
L2 Cache
Intel Pentium 120 MHz with
256KB L2 Cache
Bus architecture AT bus
VESA local bus for video
subsystem
Memory 8MB (on the system board)
(standard)
Memory (option) 4MB, 8MB, 16MB, DIMM (max.
40MB)
DIMM adapter
CMOS RAM 114 bytes
VGA video 12.1-inch, 64K colors, 800×600
pixel TFT color LCD
10.4-inch, 64K colors, 800×600
pixel TFT color LCD
Diskette drive 720KB, 1.2MB, 1.44MB, 2.88MB
(removable) (4-mode), 3.5-inch
720KB, 1.2MB, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
Hard disk drive 760C
(removable) – 360MB, 2.5-inch
– 720MB, 2.5-inch
760CD
– 810MB, 2.5-inch
– 1200MB, 2.5-inch
Enhanced video 760CD
card – Video accelerator
– Video capture and overlay
– Video composite in/out
– MPEG hardware decoding
– MPEG2
CD-ROM 760CD
(removable) – 5-inch, quadruple speed, IDE
interface
DSP card Audio function
Fax/modem function
Telephony function
MWave function
Infrared transfer Two IR ports
IrDA 1.0
ASK
1.15 million bps
PCMCIA One Type-III
or two Type-II
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 377

Model 760E or 760ED
Feature Description
Processor Intel Pentium 120 MHz with
256KB L2 Cache
256KB L2 Cache
256KB L2 Cache
256KB L2 Cache
Bus architecture PCI bus
subsystem
Memory 8MB or 16MB (on the system board)
(standard)
72MB or 80MB)
DIMM adapter
CMOS RAM 114 bytes + 4 kilobytes
pixel TFT color LCD
12.1-inch, 64K colors, 1024×768
pixel TFT color LCD
720KB, 1.2MB, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
Hard disk drive 810MB, 2.5-inch
(removable) 1.08GB, 2.5-inch
1.2GB, 2.5-inch
1.35GB, 2.5-inch
2.1GB, 2.5-inch
Enhanced video 760ED (enhanced model)
card – Video accelerator
– Video capture and overlay
– Video composite in/out
– S-video in
– MPEG hardware decoding
– MPEG2
CD-ROM 760ED
(removable) – 5-inch, 4X, 6X, or 8X speed,
IDE interface
DSP card Audio function
Fax/modem function
Telephony function
MWave function
IrDA 1.0
ASK
1.15 million bps
PCMCIA/cardbus One Type-III
or two Type-II

Model 760L or 760LD
Feature Description
Processor Intel Pentium 90 MHz with 256KB
L2 Cache
256KB L2 Cache
Bus architecture AT bus
subsystem
Memory 8MB (on the system board)
(standard)
40MB)
DIMM adapter
CMOS RAM 114 Bytes
pixel TFT color LCD
10.4-inch, 64K colors, 800×600
pixel TFT color LCD
720KB, 1.2MB, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
1.2MB, 2.5-inch
CD-ROM 760LD
interface
ESS card Audio function
IrDA 1.0
ASK
1.15 million bps
PCMCIA One Type-III
or two Type-II
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 379

Model 760EL or 760ELD
Feature Description
Processor Intel Pentium 100 MHz w/o L2
Cache
Intel Pentium 120 MHz w/o L2
Cache
Intel Pentium 133 MHz w/o L2
Cache
subsystem
Memory 8MB or 16MB (on the system board)
(standard)
72MB or 80MB)
DIMM adapter
pixel TFT color LCD
11.3-inch, 256 colors, 800×600
pixel DSTN color LCD
720KB, 1.2MB, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
1.2GB, 2.5-inch
CD-ROM 760ELD
interface
ESS card Audio function
IrDA 1.0
ASK
1.15 million bps
or two Type-II

Model 760XL or 760XD
Feature Description
Processor 760XL/760XD
– Intel MMX Pentium 166MHz
with 256KB L2 Cache
subsystem
Memory 760XL
(standard) – 16MB
760XD
– 32MB (16MB on the system
board and 16MB as DIMM)
Memory (option) 8 MB, 16MB, and 32MB DIMM
VGA video 760XD
– 12.1-inch, 64K colors,
1024×768 pixel XGA TFT
color LCD
760XL
– 12.1-inch, 64K colors,
800×600 pixel SVGA TFT
color LCD
720KB, 1.2MB, 1.44MB (3-mode),
3.5-inch
Hard disk drive 760XD
(removable) – 3.0GB 2.5-inch
760XL
– 2.1GB 2.5-inch
CD-ROM 760XD
(removable) – 5-inch, 8x speed, IDE
interface
Audio function 760XD
– DSP card
760XL
– ESS card
IrDA 1.0
ASK
1.15 million bps
or two Type-II
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 381

replacements.
The arrows in this section show the direction of
movement to remove a FRU, or to turn a screw to
release the FRU. The arrows are marked in numeric
order, in square callouts, to show the correct
sequence of removal.
Any FRUs that must be removed before removing the
failing FRU are listed at the top of the page.
See “Locations” on page 478 for internal cable
connections and arrangement information.
When replacing a FRU, use the correct screw size, as
shown in the procedure.




Remove the center latch .1/; then remove the rear

connector door by flexing it .2/.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 383

1020 Diskette Drive/CD-ROM Drive
Diskette Drive (Model Unique)

Note: If the security latch .A/ is at the left position, push
and slide it to the right position (unlock).

CD-ROM Drive (Model Unique)
Attention
Note: Remove the CD-ROM drive exactly as shown
in the figure. Do not apply any extra force to the
CD-ROM drive when removing it.
Note: If the security latch .A/ is at the left position, push

and slide it to the right position (unlock).
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 385

1030 Battery Pack
CD-ROM Drive (Model unique) (1020)

Note: Be careful that the computer does not fall backward
when the battery pack is removed.
If there is a spacer, open the spacer before removing the

battery pack.

Diskette Drive/CD-ROM Drive (1020)

Battery Pack (1030)
Attention
Note: Remove the hard disk drive exactly as shown in

the figure. Do not apply any extra force to the hard
disk drive when removing it.
Note: After replacing the hard disk drive, latch the

removal strap into the correct position.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 387

1050 DIMM
760XL/760XD

Battery Pack (1030)

Other Models
1
2
1
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 389

5
4 4

Note: When installing the DIMM, do the following:
1. Find the notch .1/ on the side of the DIMM.
2. With the notched end of the DIMM toward the
right side of the socket .2/, insert the DIMM,
at an angle of approximately 20°, into the
socket; then press it firmly.
3. Pivot the DIMM until it snaps into place.
2
1
Side View
2 1
20
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 391

1060 Top Cover

Battery Pack (760C/760L/760E/760EL) (1030)
Note: When replacing the top cover, be careful not to
damage the resume switch, shown in the figure.
2
4 mm
8 mm, 3 5 mm, Flathead

Flathead 4 mm
Top Cover
Resume Switch

1070 Keyboard Unit
Top Cover (1060)
When replacing the keyboard unit, connect the keyboard

connector as shown in the figure; then replace the
keyboard.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 393

1080 LCD Unit

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
3 6 mm
4
5
When replacing
1

1090 Front IR
Models 760XL/760XD

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
After removing the DIMM adapter card, remove the front

IR.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 395

Other Models

Battery Pack (1030)
1
8 mm
2 8 mm
2
4 mm

1095 Rear IR
Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
1 6 mm
2
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 397

1100 System Board Assembly

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
Rear IR (1090)
Note: In step 1, gently pushing the shaded area ( 1 ), lift

the switch cover halfway up ( 2 ), as shown. Then
pull the switch lever out to remove ( 3 ).

Notes:
1. Step .4/ is a DSP-model-unique step. DSP models
are:
Models 760C/760E/760CD/760ED/760XD
2. In step .5/, gently push the levers to avoid flexing
them.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 399

Models 760XL/760XD
For Models 760XL or 760XD, raise the system board
assembly a bit to disconnect the DIMM adapter card in
step .12/. Be careful not to damage the IR flexible
cable under the DIMM adapter card. Then remove the IR
flexible cable in step .13/.
When replacing:
Refer to the following figure to locate the DIMM
adapter card. Make sure that the connector of the
DIMM adapter card is connected firmly. A loose or
wrong connection causes memory error.

Other Models
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 401

When replacing:
When replacing the power switch, align the power
switch and power actuator in step .2/ of the
following figure. Check that the power switch
operates correctly before tightening any screws.

1125 Upper Shield

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
Front IR and Rear IR (1090)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 403

1110 Video Card/Fan (Model Unique)

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
Upper Shield (1125)
Check the Model

There are two 760ED models: One has a standard
video card built in, and the other has an enhanced
video card built in. If you install a incorrect video card,
the LCD will not work. Check to be sure which 760ED
model you are servicing.
Standard Video Card

760C/760L/760E/760ED/760EL/760LD/760ELD
When replacing. The following figure shows the

cable routing:

760XL
Note: Be careful not to touch the fan rotor when
assembling or disassembling.
When replacing:
The following figure shows the microphone routing.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 405

Enhanced Video Card
In step .5/, turn the video card upside down to disconnect

the cable in step .6/.

For Model 760XD, remove the fan as follows.
Note: Be careful not to touch the fan rotor when
assembling or disassembling.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 407

When replacing:
The following figure shows the cable routing.
Model 760XD
Other Models
1135 External Diskette Drive Connector

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
Upper Shield (1125)
Video Card (1110)
760CD/760LD/760E/760ED/760EL/760ELD/760XL/760XD

1120 DC/DC Card

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
Upper Shield (1125)
Video Card (1110)
760XL/760XD
.1/: DC/DC Card
.2/: Air Duct
Other Models
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 409

When replacing:
Make sure that the microphone cable does not
catch between the system board and the spacer on
the DC/DC card.

1130 DSP Card/ Audio (ESS) Card

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
Upper Shield (1125)
Video Card (1110)
DC/DC Card (1120)
Notes:
1. There are two models for 760E, slim type and thick
type. Check the screw length in step .2/ when
removing the DSP card.
2. See the following table and make sure to replace the
correct card.
Audio (ESS) Card DSP card

760L 760LD 760EL 760C 760E 760CD
760ELD 760XL 760ED 760XD
Slim-Type Models (Models 760C/760E/760L)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 411

When replacing:
1. The following figure shows the cable routing.
2. When replacing the DSP card or the audio (ESS)

card, make sure that the connector on the card is not
loose. If the connector does not connect properly, no
sound will be produced.

Thick-Type Models (Other Models and 760E)
When replacing:
1. The following figure shows the cable routing for
models 760XL/760XD.
2. When replacing the DSP card or the audio (ESS)

card, make sure that the connector on the card is not
loose. If the connector does not connect properly, no
sound will be produced.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 413

1140 CPU Card

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
Upper Shield (1125)
Video Card (1110)
DC/DC Card (1120)
DSP Card / Audio (ESS) Card (1130)

Be careful
Connect the CPU card using the exact procedure
shown in the figures, and make sure that the two
CPU card connectors are connected properly. If
these connectors are not connected, you cannot
power on the computer.
Do not apply any extra force to the shaded
area of the CPU card when connecting.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 415

1150 System Board and PCMCIA Slot
Assembly

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
LCD Unit (1080)
Video Card (1110)
DC/DC Card (1120)
DSP Card / Audio (ESS) Card (1130)
CPU Card (1140)
Notes:
1. The system unit serial number must be restored when
the system board is replaced. To restore the system
unit serial number, select the option “Set system
identification” on the maintenance diskette. The
EEPROM on the system board contains the vital
product data (VPD), the system unit serial number,
system board system number, and other
computer-unique data.
Note: Do not power off the computer when restoring
the VPD.
The system unit serial number label is attached to the
base cover.
2. Before removing and replacing the system board,
make sure that the PCMCIA cards are removed and
the eject levers are not sticking out.
3. Do not pull the PCMCIA slot assembly while removing
the system board.
4. When handling the PCMCIA slot assembly, be careful
not to disassemble any part of it. The slot assembly
is not solidly fixed when it is removed from the
system board or the FRU.
5. Be sure to unlock both ends of the PCMCIA
connector before removing the PCMCIA slot
assembly from the system board (.2/).

Models 760XL/760XD
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 417

Other Models

1160 Palm Rest
Top Cover (1060)

.1/Turn the keyboard upside down.
2 5 mm, Flathead
4 mm
4 mm
.3/Turn the keyboard right-side up.
4
5
2 4
1
3
1 2
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 419

1170 Keyboard, Information Panel
Top Cover (1060)

Palm Rest (1160)
Note: When pulling the lever off the foot .1/, separate
the lower part of the lever from the foot by inserting
a pointed device through the hole in the foot.
2
4 mm
4
2
1
1

ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 421
1180 Keyboard Cable
Top Cover (1060)

Palm Rest (1160)
Note: When pulling the lever off the foot .1/, separate
the lower part of the lever from the foot by inserting
a pointed device through the hole in the foot.
2
4 mm
4
2
1
1

Notes:
1. When removing the latch from the keyboard base .6/,
push both ends of the latch simultaneously.
2. When replacing the keyboard cable, place the cable
correctly, as shown by the artwork in the circle.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 423

1190 Keyboard Card
Battery Pack (760C/760L/760E/760EL) (1020)

Top Cover (1060)
Palm Rest (1160)
1
4 mm
3
2
1
1
4
5

1200 Backup Battery, Speaker, Standby
Battery

Battery Pack (1030)
Top Cover (1060)
Palm Rest (1160)

Some standby batteries contain a small amount of

nickel and cadmium. Do not disassemble it, recharge
it, throw it into fire or water, or short-circuit it. Dispose
of the battery as required by local ordinances or
regulations. Use only the battery in the appropriate
parts listing. Use of an incorrect battery can result in
ignition or explosion of the battery.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 425

.1/ for Backup Battery
.2/ for Standby Battery
.1/ .2/ for Speaker
2
Note: When replacing the speakers, backup battery, and
standby battery, position the cables as shown.

LCD Removal and Replacement
This section discusses removal and replacement
procedure for the LCD unit of the ThinkPad 760x series.
After removing the LCD unit, check its part number; then
go to the appropriate section:
P/N 29H9226 (12.1 SVGA):
There are two types of LCDs with the part number
29H9226. They differ in the location of the brightness
control slide knob:
– ASM P/N 29H9029: Go to “LCD Unit, 12.1
SVGA (P/N 29H9226, ASM P/N 29H9029)” on
page 428.
– ASM P/N 73H6599: Go to “LCD Unit, 12.1

SVGA (P/N 29H9226, ASM P/N 73H6599)” on
page 433.
P/N 29H9227 (10.4 SVGA): Go to “LCD Unit, 10.4

SVGA (P/N 29H9227)” on page 439.
P/N 46H5355 (10.4 VGA): Go to “LCD Unit, 10.4
VGA (P/N 46H5355)” on page 444.
DSTN (P/N 39H6232)” on page 449.
P/N 82H8486 (12.1 XGA): Go to “LCD Unit, 12.1
XGA” on page 454.
SVGA (P/N 82H8496)” on page 460.
P/N 11J8867 (12.1 SVGA): Go to “LCD Unit, 12.1
SVGA (P/N 11J8867, ASM P/N 11J8855)” on
page 466.
P/N 46H5725 (ASM P/N 46H5723) (12.1 SVGA): Go
to “LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 46H5725, ASM P/N
46H5723)” on page 472
P/N 46H5735 (ASM P/N 46H5731) (12.1 XGA): Go to
“LCD Unit, 12.1 XGA” on page 454.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 427

LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 29H9226,
ASM P/N 29H9029)
1010 LCD Cover

Notes:
1. Be careful not to scratch the LCD cover when
removing the screw covers .1/.
2. The LCD cover has several latches. Release these
latches; then remove the LCD cover. Be careful not
to break the latches.
Step Length (Quantity) Memo

.2/ M2.5 x 8 mm (4)
.3/ M2 x 4.3 mm (6) Flat
head
Note: Make sure you use the correct screw when replacing.

ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 429
1020 LCD Panel, Interface Cable
Assembly
LCD Cover (1010)
Note
Be careful not to scratch or soil the surface of the LCD
panel when replacing it.
The LCD panel is latched to the rear cover. Remove the

LCD panel by bending the rear cover in step .6/. Too
much force will break the rear cover.

ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 431
1030 Hinges
LCD Cover (1010)

LCD Panel (1020) (with interface cable assembly)

.1/ M2 x 4.3 mm (4)

ASM P/N 73H6599)
2010 LCD Cover

Notes:

.2/ M2.5 x 9 mm (2)
.3/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)
.5/ M2 x 4.3 mm (6) Flat
head
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 433

Lift the LCD front cover slightly; then remove the
microphone cable.

2020 LCD Panel
LCD Cover (2010)
Note
Lift the LCD panel slightly and disconnect the connector for
the interface cable. If there is kapton tape on the rear of
the panel, remove it.

.1/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 435

When replacing
Attention:
1. The inverter card is very fragile, and flexing the
inverter card can seriously damage the card.
Carefully connect the interface cable as shown.
2. Carefully ensure the inverter card is securely
connected .A/. A loose or incorrect connection
can cause a serious problem.

2030 Interface Cable Assembly, Hinges
LCD Cover (2010)

LCD Panel (2020)
.1/: When replacing the interface cable assembly

.2/, .3/: When replacing the hinges

.2/ M2 x 4.3 mm (4)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 437

When replacing
Replace the kapton tape as shown below.
Position the microphone cable as shown.

LCD Unit, 10.4 SVGA (P/N 29H9227)
3010 LCD Cover

Notes:

.2/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)
.3/ M2 x 5 mm (2)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 439

microphone cable.
When replacing
Position the microphone cable as shown.below.

3020 LCD Panel, Interface Cable
Assembly
LCD Cover (3010)
Note

.1/ M2.5 x 4 mm (1)
.2/ M2 x 4.3 mm (2)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 441

When removing the interface cable assembly, remove the
kapton tape on the cable; then disconnect the three
connecters as shown.
When replacing
Be careful not to place the core under the LCD panel.
When replacing
Attention:

3030 Hinges
LCD Cover (3010)

LCD Panel (3020) (with interface cable assembly)

.1/ M2.5 x 4 mm (2)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 443

LCD Unit, 10.4 VGA (P/N 46H5355)
4010 LCD Cover
Notes:

.2/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)
.3/ M2 x 5 mm (2)

microphone cable.
When replacing
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 445

4020 LCD Panel
LCD Cover (4010)
Note

.1/ M2 x 4.3 mm (2)

Lift the LCD panel slightly .2/; then disconnect the flexible
cable .3/ and .4/.
When replacing
Attention:
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 447

LCD Cover (4010)

LCD Panel (4020)
.1/, .2/: When replacing the interface cable

assembly

.1/ .3/ M2.5 x 4 mm (3)
When replacing
Don't locate the core under the LCD panel.

LCD Unit, 11.3 DSTN (P/N 39H6232)
5010 LCD Cover

Notes:

.2/ M2.5 x 6 mm (4)
.3/ M2.5 x 9 mm (2)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 449

microphone cable.
When replacing

5020 LCD Panel
LCD Cover (5010)
Note

.1/ M2.5 x 6 mm (3)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 451

Lift the LCD panel a bit .3/, then disconnect the flexible
cable .4/.
When replacing
Attention:

LCD Cover (5010)

LCD Panel (5020)

.2/: When replacing the hinges
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 453

LCD Unit, 12.1 XGA
P/N 82H8486
P/N 46H5735, ASM P/N 46H5731
6010 LCD Cover

Notes:

.2/ M2.5 x 9 mm (2)
.3/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)

microphone cable.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 455

6020 LCD Panel
LCD Cover (6010)
Note

.1/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)

Lift the LCD panel a bit; then disconnect the interface
cable connector.
When replacing
Attention:
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 457

LCD Cover (6010)

LCD Panel (6020)

Remove the kapton tape in step .1/.

.2/ M2.5 x 4 mm (2)

When replacing
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 459

7010 LCD Cover

Notes:

.2/ M2.5 x 9 mm (2)
.3/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)

microphone cable.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 461

7030 LCD Panel
LCD Cover (7010)
Note

.1/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)

When replacing
Attention:
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 463

LCD Cover (7010)

LCD Panel (7020)
Remove the kapton tape in step .1/.

.2/ M2.5 x 4 mm (2)

When replacing
Position the microphone cable as shown below.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 465

LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 11J8867,
ASM P/N 11J8855)
8010 LCD Cover

Notes:

.2/ M2.5 x 9 mm (2)
.3/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)
.5/ M2 x 4.3 mm (6) Flat
head

microphone cable.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 467

8020 LCD Panel
LCD Cover (8010)
Note

.1/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)

When replacing
Attention:
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 469

LCD Cover (8010)

LCD Panel (8020)


.2/ M2 x 4.3 mm (4)

When replacing
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 471

ASM P/N 46H5723)
9010 LCD Cover

Notes:
Note: The front cover adhere to the LCD panel. The

circle in the figure shows the adhesive part.

.2/ M2.5 x 9 mm (2)
.3/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)
.5/ M2 x 4.3 mm (6) Flat
head

microphone cable.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 473

9020 LCD Panel
LCD Cover (9010)
Note

.1/ M2.5 x 6 mm (2)

When replacing
Attention:
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 475

LCD Cover (9010)

LCD Panel (9020)


.2/ M2 x 4.3 mm (4)

When replacing
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 477

Locations
Front View
.1/ LCD
.2/ Built-in Microphone
.4/ Keyboard Risers
.5/ Auto Tilt Keyboard
.6/ External-Input-Device Connector
.7/ PCMCIA Slot
.8/ PCMCIA Slot
.9/ Security Keyhole
.1ð/ Release Latches
.11/ Front Infrared Port
.12/ Built-in Speaker
.13/ Front Palm Rest
.14/ TrackPoint III
.15/ Removable Diskette Drive or CD-ROM Drive
(model-unique)
.16/ CD-ROM Eject Button (CD-ROM model)
.17/ Fn Key
.18/ LCD Indicator Panel
.19/ Volume Control

Rear View
.1/ Rear Door
.2/ Connector Door
.3/ MIDI/Joystick Port (model-unique)
(model-unique)
.5/ Rear Infrared Port
.6/ Air Duct (Model unique)
.7/ System Expansion Connector
.8/ Power Shutdown Switch
.1ð/ Parallel Connector
.12/ Power Jack
.13/ Option Cover
.14/ Headphone Jack
.15/ Microphone/Line-in Jack
.16/ Modem/Fax Port
.17/ Video In/Out Ports (model-unique)
.18/ Power Switch
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 479

Inside View
.1/ Modem/Fax Port Release Latch
.2/ UltraBay
.3/ Battery Pack
.4/ Memory Slot
.5/ Security Latch
.6/ Removable Hard Disk Drive

Bottom View
.1/ Memory Slot (Model unique)
.2/ Serial Number
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 481

Power-On Password Connector
.1/: Power-On Password Connector

Parts Listing 760 (9546, 9547)
Model 760C (9546)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 483

Index Parts (760C)
1 LCD Assembly (12.1 TFT) 29H9226
(U.S.-9546, model U21, U27, U28, U2A, U2H, U2J)
LCD Assembly (10.4 TFT) 29H9227
(U.S.-9546, model U22, U2B)
2 Standby Battery 29H9497
3 LCD Indicator Assembly Cover 39H7036
4a LCD Indicator Assembly 29H9220
4b Volume Knob 39H7037
5a See Keyboard Misc. parts
5b Keyboard Foot 39H7038
5c Keyboard FPC Bracket 39H7035
5d See Keyboard Misc. parts
6 TrackPoint III Cap 84G6536
7 Keyboard (See Keyboard Section)
9 Video Card 29H9207
10a Volume Connection Cable 29H9211
10b Mic Connection Cable 29H9210
11 DSP Card 29H9205
12 Rear Shield Case 29H9200
13 System Board 29H9199
14a PC Card Slot 39H7019
14b Eject Button 39H7018
16a HDD Removable Strap 29H9236
16b Hard Disk Drive (720 MB, 12.7 mm) 29H9229
(U.S.-9546, model U21, U22, U27, U2A, U2B, U2H)
16b Hard Disk Drive (1.08 GB, 12.7 mm) 29H9367
(U.S.-9546, model U28, U2J)
16c EMI Sheet 39H7031
17 Rear Connector Door 29H9185
18a Base Cover-W/W 29H9181
Base Cover-Japan 39H7056
18b PC Card Door 29H9238
18c Name Label 66G9228
18d Thermal Rubber Sheet 82H8966
19a DIMM Cover 69H8422
19b DIMM Adapter Card 29H9296
20 Lower Spacer 29H9194
21a FDD Blank Bezel 29H9239
FDD Bezel 29H9196
21b Option Cover 29H9193
22 AV Cover 29H9189
23 Modem Cover Lock 39H7028
24 Modem Cover 39H7030
Blank Cover for EMEA 29H9187
25 Front IR Assembly 29H9215
26a Diskette Drive (3-mode) 29H9230
26b Diskette Drive Removable Strap 29H9237
27 Lower Shield 29H9202

Index Parts (760C)
28 CPU Card (90 MHz, Pentium) 29H9198
(U.S.-9546, model U21, U22, U2A, U2B)
CPU Card (120 MHz, Pentium) 29H9297
(U.S.-9546, model U27, U28, U2H, U2J)
29 Heat Sink (Pentium 90MHz) 39H7005
(U.S.-9546, model U21, U22, U2A, U2B)
Heat Sink (Pentium 120MHz) 39H7006
(U.S.-9546, model U27, U28, U2H, U2J)
30 See Misc. Parts
31 Internal DAA Assembly 29H9216
32 DC/DC Card 83H5375
33 See Misc. Parts
34 Power Switch Actuator 29H9209
35 Power Switch Button 29H9191
36 Rear IR Assembly 29H9214
37 Keyboard Base 29H9218
38 Keyboard Cable 29H9222
39a Speaker (right) 29H9225
39b Speaker (left) 39H6983
39c Speaker Holder (right) 39H7033
39d Speaker Holder (left) 39H7034
42 Palm Rest 29H9219
43 Keyboard Unit (See Keyboard Unit Section)
44 Top Cover 29H9183

For Japan 85G6699
Keyboard Misc. Parts 39H7105
Misc. Parts 29H9234
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
DSP Holder
Rear IR Lens
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 485

Model 760CD (9546)

Index Parts (760CD)
5a See Keyboard Misc. Parts
5d See Keyboard Misc. Parts
11 DSP Card 29H9205
12a External Diskette Drive Connector 29H9203
12b Rear Shield Case 29H9201
16b Hard Disk Drive (1.2 GB, 17 mm) 29H9228
(U.S.-9546, model U11, U13, U1A, U1C)
Hard Disk Drive (720 MB, 12.7 mm) 29H9229
18a Base Cover-W/W 29H9182
Base Cover-Japan 39H7059
21a CD-ROM Blank Bezel 29H9289
Diskette Drive Bezel 29H9197
22 AV Cover 29H9190
26 CD-ROM Drive 29H9231
26a Diskette Drive (3 mode) 29H9230
26b Diskette Drive Removal Strap 29H9237
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 487

Index Parts (760CD)
(U.S.-9546, model U11, U1A)
(U.S.-9546, model U13, U1C)
(U.S.-9546, model U11, U1A)
(U.S.-9546, model U13, U1C)
30 See Misc. Parts
33 See Misc. Parts
For Japan 29H7032
Conversion Cable, Game Port 29H9269

Conversion Cable, Game Video 85G1897
Wall Plug 85G2367
Microphone 66G7871
For Japan 85G6699
Misc. Parts 29H9235
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
DSP Holder
Rear IR Lens
S-Video Bracket

Keyboard Assembly
Arabic 29H9076
Belgian 29H9074
Czech 29H9292
Danish 29H9073
Dutch 29H9071
French 29H9067
German 29H9065
Greek 29H9080
Hebrew 29H9077
Hungary 29H9291
Italian 29H9069
Japanese 29H9083
New World Spanish 29H9081
Norwegian 29H9075
Portuguese 29H9078
Polish 29H9290
Russian 29H9084
Slovak 29H9293
Spanish 29H9072
Swedish or Finnish 29H9070
Swiss 46H5989
Turkish 29H9079
Keyboard Unit
Arabic 29H9408
Belgian 29H9406
Czech 39H6978
Danish 29H9405
Dutch 29H9403
French 29H9399
German 29H9397
Greek 29H9412
Hebrew 29H9409
Hungary 39H6977
Italian 29H9401
Japanese 29H9415
Norwegian 29H9407
Portuguese 29H9410
Polish 39H6976
Russian 29H9416
Slovak 39H6979
Spanish 29H9404
Swiss 46H5990
Turkish 29H9411
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 489

Model 760E (9546) (CD Nonupgradable
Type)

Check the Type
There are two types of 760E: Both come with an FDD
built-in, but only one model is upgradable with an
internal CD-ROM drive.
The nonupgradable type 760E model has the
FDD built-in space that is thick enough to install
only an FDD.
The upgradable type 760E model has the FDD
built-in space that is thick enough to install a
CD-ROM.
Check to be sure which type of 760E you are
servicing before ordering FRU parts. FRUs for the
CD-ROM upgradable type are listed in the 760E(CD
Upgradable Type)/760ED parts list. (See “Model
760E (9546) (CD Upgradable Type) or 760ED” on
page 494.)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 491

Index Parts (760E CD Nonupgradable Type)
11 DSP Card 29H9205
13 System Board 11J8234
16b Hard Disk Drive (810 MB) 29H9366
(U.S.-9546, model U4B)
(U.S.-9546, model U4A)
18a Base Cover 39H6249
For Japan 39H6234
19b DIMM Adapter Card (8 MB) 83H7126
DIMM Adapter Card (Blank) 83H7124
FDD Bezel 29H9196

Index Parts (760E CD Nonupgradable Type)
22 AV Cover 29H9189
Diskette Drive (4-mode, for Japan) 29H9372
28 CPU Card (120 MHz, Pentium) 11J9672
29 Heat Sink 39H7006
30 See Misc. Parts
33 See Misc. Parts
For Japan 39H7032
AC Adapter (35W)
For U.S/Canada/LA/Japan 85G6705
For EMEA/AP 85G6701
Misc. Parts 29H9234
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
DSP Holder
Rear IR Lens
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 493

Model 760E (9546) (CD Upgradable
Type) or 760ED

Check the Model
There are two models each for the 760E (CD
upgradable type) and 760ED.
The LCD thick model is the 760E/760ED with the
thickness of 54.3 mm (2.14 inches).
The LCD slim model is the 760E/760ED with the
thickness of 50.7 mm (2.00 inches).
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 495

Index 760E CD Upgradable Type or 760ED
1 LCD Assembly
(12.1 SVGA TFT thick model) 29H9226
LCD Assembly
(U.S.-9546, model U3A, U3B, U3L)
(12.1 SVGA TFT slim model) 82H8496
LCD Assembly
(12.1 XGA TFT slim model) 82H8486
(U.S.-9546, model U9A, U9B)
9 Video Card (760E thick model) 39H6228
Video Card (760ED thick model) 39H6227
(U.S.-9546, model U3A, U3L)
Video Card (760ED XGA slim model) 82H8880
Video Card (760E XGA slim model) 82H8881
Video Card (760E SVGA slim model) 82H8882
Volume Connection Cable
(760E/760ED XGA slim model) 82H8965
11 DSP Card 29H9205
12a FDD Connector Cable 29H9203
13 System Board (760E thick model) 11J8234
System Board (760ED thick model) 11J7660
(U.S.-9546, model U3A, U3L)
System Board
(760E/760ED XGA slim model) 11J7659
System Board
(760E/760ED SVGA slim model) 11J7660
Hard Disk Drive (1.2 GB) 85G8549

Index Part
(760E CD Upgradable Type or 760ED)
18a Base Cover (760E thick type) 46H6043
For Japan 46H6044
Base Cover (760ED) 39H6248
For Japan 39H6233
18d Game Port Bracket 82H8895
(9546, model U9B only)
18e Thermal Rubber Sheet 82H8966
(U.S.-9546, model U3A, U9A, U9B)
(U.S.-9546, model U3B, U3L)
FDD Bezel 29H9197
22 AV Cover 29H9190
26a FDD Drive (3 mode) 29H9230
(U.S.-9546, model U3A, U3B, U3L, U9A, U9B)
FDD Drive for Japan (4 mode) 29H9372
In the U.S., either of the CD-ROM 4X drives
below may be used for 9546, model U3A,
U3B, U3L)
Order the FRU number of the drive being replaced.
CD-ROM Drive (4X) 29H9231
CD-ROM Drive (4X) 12J2186
CD-ROM CD-ROM Drive (6X-slim model) 82H8850
28 CPU Card
(120 MHz, Pentium) thick model 11J9672
(U.S.-9546, model U3B, U3L)
(133 MHz, Pentium) 82H8897
(U.S.-9546, model U3A, U9A)
(150 MHz, Pentium) slim model 82H8877
30 See Misc. Parts
(U.S.-9546, model U3A, U3B, U3L, U9A)
DC/DC Card
for CPU Card 150 MHz, Pentium 83H5373
33 See Misc. Parts
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 497

Index Parts
(760E CD Upgradable Type or 760ED)
For Japan 39H7032
AC Adapter (35W, U.S./Canada/

Latin America/Japan) 85G6705
For EMEA/AP 85G6701
For EMEA/AP Slim 3-Prong 85G6735
Misc. Parts (760E thick type) 46H5367
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
Rear IR Lens
S-Video Bracket
Video Bracket
Misc. Parts (760ED) 29H9235
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
DSP Holder
Rear IR Lens
S-Video Bracket

Keyboard Assembly
Arabic 29H9076
Belgian 29H9074
Danish 29H9073
Dutch 29H9071
French 29H9067
German 29H9065
Greek 29H9080
Hebrew 29H9077
Italian 29H9069
Japanese 29H9083
Norwegian 29H9075
Portuguese 29H9078
Russian 29H9084
Spanish 29H9072
Swiss 46H5989
Turkish 29H9079
Keyboard Unit
Arabic 29H9408
Belgian 29H9406
Danish 29H9405
Dutch 29H9403
French 29H9399
German 29H9397
Greek 29H9412
Hebrew 29H9409
Italian 29H9401
Japanese 29H9415
Norwegian 29H9407
Portuguese 29H9410
Russian 29H9416
Spanish 29H9404
Swiss 46H5990
Turkish 29H9411
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 499

Model 760L (9547)

Index Parts (760L)
11 ESS Card 46H5353
15 Battery Pack (Ni-MH) 29H9233
FDD Bezel 29H9196
22 AV Cover 29H9189
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 501

Index Parts (760L)
(U.S.-9547, model U01, U0A, U0R)
(U.S.-9547, model U01, U0A, U0R)
30 See Misc. Parts
31 Modem Bracket Assembly 46H5360
33 See Misc. Parts

For Japan 85G6699
Misc. Parts 46H5366
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
Rear IR Lens

Model 760LD (9547)
Misc.
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 503

Index Parts (760LD)
11 ESS Card 46H5353
12a External Diskette Drive Connector 29H9203
15 Battery Pack (Ni-MH) 46H5365
21a CD-ROM Blank Bezel 29H9289
Diskette Drive Bezel 29H9197
22 AV Cover 29H9190
26a Diskette Drive (3-Mode) 29H9230
26a Diskette Drive(4-Mode Japan) 29H9372
CD-ROM Drive 39H7424

Index Parts (760LD)
(U.S.-9547, model U31, U3A, U3R)
(U.S.-9547, model U31, U3A, U3R)
30 See Misc. Parts
33 See Misc. Parts
For Japan 29H7032
Wall Plug 85G2367

Microphone 66G7871
For Japan 85G6699
Misc. Parts 46H5367
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
Rear IR Lens
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 505

Keyboard Assembly
Arabic 29H9076
Belgian 29H9074
Czech 29H9292
Danish 29H9073
Dutch 29H9071
French 29H9067
German 29H9065
Greek 29H9080
Hebrew 29H9077
Hungary 29H9291
Italian 29H9069
Japanese 29H9083
Norwegian 29H9075
Portuguese 29H9078
Polish 29H9290
Russian 29H9084
Slovak 29H9293
Spanish 29H9072
Swiss 46H5989
Turkish 29H9079
Keyboard Unit
Arabic 29H9408
Belgian 29H9406
Czech 39H6978
Danish 29H9405
Dutch 29H9403
French 29H9399
German 29H9397
Greek 29H9412
Hebrew 29H9409
Hungary 39H6977
Italian 29H9401
Japanese 29H9415
Norwegian 29H9407
Portuguese 29H9410
Polish 39H6976
Russian 29H9416
Slovak 39H6979
Spanish 29H9404
Swiss 46H5990
Turkish 29H9411

Model 760EL or 760ELD (9547)
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 507

Index Parts (760EL/760ELD)
1 LCD Assembly
(760EL/760ELD, 12.1 TFT thick type) 29H9226
(U.S.-9547, model U3F, U48, U4F, U4H, U4R, U4S)
LCD Assembly (760EL, 11.3, DSTN) 39H6232
(U.S.-9547, model U6F, U6G, U6H, U6R)
LCD Assembly
(760EL, 12.1 TFT slim type) 82H8496
(U.S.-9547, model U4G, U4K, U4T)
(U.S.-9547, model U3F, U48, U4F, U4H,
U4R, U4S, U6F, U6G, U6H, U6R)
Video Card 97H5502
11 ESS Card 46H5353
12a Rear Shield Case 29H9201
12b FDD Connector Cable 29H9003
13 System Board 11J8234
(U.S.-9547, model U3F, U48, U4F, U4H,
U4R, U4S, U6F, U6G, U6R)
System Board- SVGA 11J7660
System Board- DSTN 11J8234
(U.S.-9547, model U6H)

(U.S.-9547, model U3F, U6F, U6G, U6R)
(U.S.-9547, model U48, U4F, U4H, U4R, U4S)
(U.S.-9547, model U6H)
For Japan 46H5600
18c Name Label 46H6034
(U.S.-9547, model U48, U4G, U4H, U4K, U4R, U4T)
(U.S.-9547, model U3F, U4F, U4S, U6F,
U6G, U6H, U6R)
FDD Bezel 29H9197
22 AV Cover 29H9190
(U.S.-9547, model U3F, U48, U4F, U4G, U4K,
U4S, U4T, U6F, U6G, U6H, U6R)
Diskette Drive (4-mode) 29H9372
Note:
In the U.S., either of the CD-ROM 4X drives
below may be used for 9547, model U3F.
Order the FRU number of the drive being replaced.
CD-ROM Drive 4X 29H9231
CD-ROM Drive 4X 02K0490
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 509

28 CPU Card
(760EL/760ELD, 100 MHz, Pentium) 11J9673
Note:
In U.S., this FRU is for
9547-U3F, and 9547-U6G.
CPU Card
(760EL/760ELD, 120 MHz, Pentium) 12J1574
Note:
In U.S., this FRU is for 9547-U6F, 9547-U4F,
9547-U4S, 9547-U6H, and 9547-U6R.
CPU Card (760EL, 133 MHz, Pentium) 11J9674
Note:
In U.S., this FRU is for 9547-U48, 9547-U4H,
and 9547-U4R.
CPU Card (760EL, 133 MHz, Pentium) 82H8897
Note:
In U.S., this FRU is for 9547-U4G, U4K, and U4T.
30 See Misc. Parts
33 See Misc. Parts
For Japan 39H7032
AC Adapter (35W, Slim U.S., Japan) 85G6705

For EMEA/AP 85G6701
Misc. Parts 64H5367
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
DSP Holder
Rear IR Lens

Keyboard Assembly
Arabic 29H9076
Belgian 29H9074
Danish 29H9073
Dutch 29H9071
French 29H9067
German 29H9065
Greek 29H9080
Hebrew 29H9077
Italian 29H9069
Japanese 29H9083
Norwegian 29H9075
Portuguese 29H9078
Russian 29H9084
Slovak 29H9293
Spanish 29H9072
Swiss 46H5989
Turkish 29H9079
Keyboard Unit
Arabic 29H9408
Belgian 29H9406
Danish 29H9405
Dutch 29H9403
French 29H9399
German 29H9397
Greek 29H9412
Hebrew 29H9409
Italian 29H9401
Japanese 29H9415
Norwegian 29H9407
Portuguese 29H9410
Russian 29H9416
Slovak 39H6979
Spanish 29H9404
Swiss 46H5990
Turkish 29H9411
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 511

Model 760XL (9547)

Index Parts (760XL)
1 LCD Assembly (12.1, TFT) 46H5725
9a Acoustic Spacer 46H5495
11 ESS Card 46H5775
12a External FDD Connector 29H9203
12b Rear Shield Case (left) 46H5759
12c Rear Shield Case (right) 46H5758
13 System Board (SVGA) 46H5773
16b Hard Disk Drive (2.1 GB) 82H8489
For Japan 46H5757
19a Shield Plate, right 46H5760
19b Shield Plate, left 46H5761
19c DIMM Adapter Card (8 MB) 46H5768
FDD Bezel 29H9197
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 513

Index Parts (760XL)
22 AV Cover 29H9190
24 Blank Cover for EMEA 29H9188
Diskette Drive (4-mode, for Japan) 29H9372
30 See Misc. Parts
31a Fan 46H5762
31b Air Duct 46H5763
33 See Misc. Parts
For Japan 39H7032
DIMM Card Holder 46H5765

AC Adapter (35W)
For U.S/Canada/LA/Japan 85G6705
For EMEA/AP 85G6735
Misc. Parts 46H5367
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
DSP Holder
Rear IR Lens
Screw for Fan 46H5766
Name Label 46H5767

Keyboard Assembly
Arabic 29H9076
Belgian 29H9074
Danish 29H9073
Dutch 29H9071
French 29H9067
German 29H9065
Greek 29H9080
Hebrew 29H9077
Italian 29H9069
Japanese 29H9083
Norwegian 29H9075
Portuguese 29H9078
Russian 29H9084
Spanish 29H9072
Swiss 46H5989
Turkish 29H9079
Keyboard Unit
Arabic 46H5790
Belgian 46H5788
Danish 46H5787
Dutch 46H5785
French 46H5782
German 46H5781
Greek 46H5794
Hebrew 46H5791
Italian 46H5783
Japanese 46H5797
New World Spanish
Norwegian 46H5789
Portuguese 46H5792
Russian 46H5798
Spanish 46H5786
Swiss 46H5799
Turkish 46H5793
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 515

Model 760XD (9546)

Index Part (760XD)
1 LCD Assembly
(12.1, XGA, TFT) 46H5735
9a Acoustic Spacer 46H5495
11 DSP Card 29H9205
12a FDD Connector Cable 29H9203
12b Rear Shield Case (left) 46H5759
12c Rear Shield Case (right) 46H5758
13 System Board (XGA) 46H5772
16b Hard Disk Drive (3 GB) 45H8791
For Japan 46H5755
19a Shield Plate, right 46H5760
19b Shield Plate, left 46H5761
19c DIMM Adapter Card (8 MB) 46H5768
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 517

Index Part (760XD)
FDD Bezel 29H9197
22 AV Cover 29H9190
Diskette Drive (4-mode) 29H9372
CD-ROM Drive (8x) 82H8851
30 See Misc. Parts
31 Internal DAA Assembly 12J1571
31a Fan 46H5762
31b Air Duct 46H5763
33a See Misc. Parts
33b Cable 29H9206
For Japan 39H7032
Index Part (760XD)

DIMM Card Holder 46H5765
AC Adapter (35W, Slim U.S., Japan) 85G6705
For EMEA/AP 85G6701
Misc. Parts 29H9235
Modem Holder
Modem Lever
DSP Holder
Rear IR Lens
Screw for Fan 46H5766
Model Label 46H5767

Keyboard Assembly
Arabic 29H9076
Belgian 29H9074
Danish 29H9073
Dutch 29H9071
French 29H9067
German 29H9065
Greek 29H9080
Hebrew 29H9077
Italian 29H9069
Japanese 29H9083
Norwegian 29H9075
Portuguese 29H9078
Russian 29H9084
Spanish 29H9072
Swiss 46H5989
Turkish 29H9079
Keyboard Unit
Arabic 46H5790
Belgian 46H5788
Danish 46H5787
Dutch 46H5785
French 46H5782
German 46H5781
Greek 46H5794
Hebrew 46H5791
Italian 46H5783
Japanese 46H5797
New World Spanish
Norwegian 46H5789
Portuguese 46H5792
Russian 46H5798
Spanish 46H5786
Swiss 46H5799
Turkish 46H5793
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 519

LCD Parts List

ASM P/N 29H9029)

LCD Cover Group 46H5710
Note
Includes the following parts:
1 Slide Knob
2 Front Cover
3 Screw Cap, Large
4 Guide (R/L)
5 Hinge Cover (R/L)
7 Rear Cover
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 46H5714
Note
6 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Interface Cable Group 46H5717
Note
8 Interface Cable Assembly
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 521

ASM P/N 73H6599)

Note
1 Screw Cap, Large
2 Front Cover
3 Guide (R/L)
5 Hinge Cover (R/L)
7 Rear Cover
8 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 46H5714
Note
6 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Note
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 523


Note
1 Front Cover
2 Guide (R/L)
4 Hinge Cover (R/L)
6 Rear Cover
7 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 46H5715
Note
5 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Interface Cable Assembly 46H5719
Note
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 525

LCD Unit, 10.4 VGA (P/N 46H5355)

Note
1 Front Cover
2 Guide (R/L)
4 Hinge Cover (R/L)
6 Rear Cover
7 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 46H5715
Note
5 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Note
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 527

LCD Unit, 11.3 DSTN (P/N 39H6232)

Note
1 Front Cover
2 Guide (R/L)
4 Hinge Cover (R/L)
6 Rear Cover
8 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 46H5716
Note
5 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Note
- Screw Cap
Inverter Card Group 46H5722
Note
7 Inverter Card
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 529

LCD Unit, 12.1 XGA (P/N 82H8486)

Note
1 Front Cover
2 Guide (R/L)
4 Hinge Cover (R/L)
6 Rear Cover
7 Bracket Spacer
8 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 82H8892
Note
5 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Note
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 531

LCD Unit, 12.1 XGA (P/N 46H5735, ASM
P/N 46H5731)

Note
1 Front Cover
2 Guide (R/L)
4 Hinge Cover (R/L)
6 Rear Cover
7 Bracket Spacer
8 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 82H8892
Note
5 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Note
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 533


Note
1 Front Cover
2 Guide (R/L)
4 Hinge Cover (R/L)
6 Rear Cover
7 Bracket Spacer
8 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap (4)
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 82H8892
Note
5 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Note
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 535


Note
1 Screw Cap, Large
2 Front Cover
3 Guide (R/L)
5 Hinge Cover (R/L)
7 Rear Cover
8 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 46H5714
Note
6 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Note
- Screw Cap
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 537

LCD Unit, 12.1 SVGA (P/N 11J8867,
ASM P/N 11J8855)

LCD Cover Group 11J8868
Note
1 Screw Cap, Large
2 Front Cover
3 Guide (R/L)
5 Hinge Cover (R/L)
7 Rear Cover
9 Slide Knob
- Screw Cap
- Screw
- Tape
Hinge Group 11J8869
Note
6 Hinge (R/L)
- Screw Cap
Interface Cable Group 11J8870
Note
- Screw Cap
Inverter Card (8) 11J9621
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 539

Common or Option Parts List
Miscellaneous Parts
Security Parts Kit 29H9294
Keyboard Security Plate (760C)
Keyboard Security Plate (760CD)
PC Card Security Plate (760C)
PC Card Security Plate (760CD)
PC Card Security Stopper
Keyboard Security Plate for Dock (760C)
Keyboard Security Plate for Dock (760CD)
Screw Kit 39H7003
M2.5 x 6 Screw (5)
M2.5 x 4 Screw (10)
M2.5 x 8 Screw (5)
M2.5 Nut (10)
Hex Stud D-Sub (5)
Hex Stud Bus (5)
M2.5 x 8 Flathead (5)
M2 x 4 (5)
Screw Cover for Top cover (5)
Nut M2.5 (5)
M2.6 x 5 Deform (5)
M2.5 x 14 (5)
M2.5 x 4 Thin Head (5)
M1.4 x 1.8 Thin Head (5)
M2 x 4.3 Thin Head (5)
DAA Assembly
Austria 59G1041
Australia 59G1040
Belgium 43G3414
Denmark 59G1042
Finland 54F0715
France 4525652
Germany 59G1056
Malaysia 59G1066
Netherlands 80G3480
Norway 59G1044
New Zealand 80G4584
PRC and Hong Kong 54F0693
Sweden 54F0717
Switzerland 59G1057
Taiwan 59G1067
Thailand 59G1064
U.K. 59G1045

PSTN Cable
Austria 58G4386
Australia 58G4343
Belgium 58G4346
Denmark 58G4333
Finland 58G4334
France 58G4335
Germany 58G4347
U.S., Thailand, Malaysia, Singapore,
and Hong Kong 43G3398
Netherlands 58G4340
New Zealand and PRC 58G4332
Norway 58G4334
Sweden 58G4336
Switzerland 58G4348
U.K. 58G4345
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 541

Options
Notes:
1. When you replace the AC Adapter or the Quick
Charger, use the one for the country you are in, even
if the computer is from a different country.
options.
Audio Cable 66G5180
Battery Pack (NiMH) 29H9233
Battery under Spacer 29H9369
Cable Travel Charger Assembly 85G1531
Car-Battery Adapter 49G1148
Conversion Cable (Game Port) 29G9629
Conversion Cable (Video) 85G1897
DIMM 8MB 29H9287
DIMM 16MB 29H9288
External Battery Under Spacer 29H9369
External Diskette Drive Box Kit 66G5069
FDD (4-mode 2.88MB) 29H9372
FDD External Box Kit 66G5069
Hard Disk Drive over Pack 39H7040
Headset 85G1529
HDD Overpack 39H7040
Interface Cable, System - Keyboard 84G2531
Interface Cable, Keyboard - Keypad 84G2532
Mini-DIN to Mini-DIN Cable 84G6474
Microphone 66G7871
Model Label 46H6034
Name Label 66G9228
PCMCIA Cartridge 84G1303
PCMCIA RF Cartridge 84G1304
Port Replicator 66G3575
Port Replicator with PCMCIA 66G3574
Quick Charger 85G1530
Quick Charger Cable 85G1531
Second HDD Tray 29H9295
Small Car-Battery Adapter 84G4359
Travel Charger Assembly 85G1530
Wall Plug 85G2367
SO-DIMM 8 MB 42H2767

Numeric Keypad
Belgian 95F5741
Danish 95F5467
Dutch 95F5467
French 95F6313
German 95F6314
Greek 95F5467
Hebrew 95F5741
Icelandic 95F5467
Italian 95F6316
Japanese 79F6401
Norwegian 95F5467
Spanish 95F6315
Swedish or Finnish 95F5468
Swiss (French) 95F5711
Swiss (German) 95F5715
Turkish 95F5467
Black Keypad
French 84G6286
German 84G6280
Italian 84G6292
Norwegian 84G6310
Swedish 84G6304
Black Keyboard
French 84G6285
German 84G6279
Italian 84G6291
Norwegian 84G6309
Swedish 84G6303
Accessories
Tools
Diskette - Version 1.20
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 543

Power Cords
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
5 10
Warning:
3-Prong

Korea 25H2207
Japan, 2-prong 85G6665
4 Italy 25H2223
6 Denmark 25H2211
7 Israel 25H2225
8 Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, 25H2213
South Africa
10 Thailand 25H2219

2-Prong Slim

Korea 13H5264
Japan 13H5273
2 Hong Kong, Singapore, U.K. 14F0033
4 Italy 13H5270
6 Denmark 13H5270
7 Israel 13H5270
South Africa
10 Thailand 13H5264
3-Prong Slim

Korea 76H3535
Japan 76H3526
4 Italy 76H3530
6 Denmark 76H3520
7 Israel 76H3532
South Africa
10 Thailand 76H3516
ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) 545

ThinkPad SelectaDock Docking
System
Read This First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
General Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Checkout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
External Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
External Keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
Running Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Testing the Expansion Unit . . . . . . . . . . 560
Testing the SCSI Subsystem . . . . . . . . . 561
Beep Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Keyboard-Related Symptoms . . . . . . . . . 571
Other Symptoms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Undetermined Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
1010 SelectaDock I . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
1020 Rear Panel / Option Card Cover (Option) 575
1030 Upper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
1040 Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
1050 LCD Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
1060 Power Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
1070 Riser Card/Main Board . . . . . . . . . 580
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
SelectaDock Base Model I . . . . . . . . . . 583
SelectaDock I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
System Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Parts Listing SelectaDock (3547) . . . . . . . . 588
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589

Read This First
section.
Important Notes
Only certified, trained personnel should
any FRUs.
such as copying, saving, or formatting.
Drives in the computer that you are servicing
might have been rearranged or the drive startup
sequence might have been altered. If you select
an incorrect drive, data or programs can be
written over.
Use only the correct FRUs. When you replace
a FRU, make sure the model of the machine and
FRU part number are correct by referring to the
parts listing.


change.

following in the parts exchange form or part return form
that is attached to the returned FRU.
2. Date of service.

Before servicing with the computer, determine if the

warranty applies by referring to the following:
Warranty Note
under warranty and some symptoms that might
indicate the system was subjected to stresses beyond
normal use:

or by being dropped.
excessive force.
card.
or UltraBay.
multiple labels.
forces shock, or by being dropped.
device.
Forgotten computer or hard disk password.
(making computer or hard disk unusable.)
ThinkPad SelectaDock Docking System 549

Notes
If the following symptoms are present, they might
indicate damage caused by non-warranted activity:
Missing parts might be a symptom of
unauthorized service or modification.
General Preparation
In this manual, IBM ThinkPad Dock I means that
SelectaDock Base Model I and SelectaDock I together
when docked as one unit.
1. Check that the SelectaDock Base Model I is correctly
docked (connected) to the SelectaDock I.
2. Check that the computer is correctly docked
(connected) to the IBM ThinkPad Dock I.
3. Dock a working computer to the SelectaDock Base
Model I only, and verify there are no problems. If
there are any problems, replace the SelectaDock
Base Model I.
4. If possible, make sure there are no hardware setting
conflicts, such as in interrupt levels, memory
addresses, DMA channels, and I/O addresses.
5. Check that the SCSI ID is set correctly.
6. Test and correct any computer problems before you
test it with IBM ThinkPad Dock I. Use the computer
documentation to resolve any computer problems.
7. Test the computer with the external keyboard,
external display, mouse, and parallel and serial
device connectors. (Use the keyboard/mouse
connector to test the external keyboard and mouse.)
If no problems are found, connect the external
keyboard, mouse, parallel and serial devices to IBM
ThinkPad Dock I, then connect IBM ThinkPad Dock I
to the computer and test it.
8. If external devices are attached to IBM ThinkPad
Dock I, such as an audio amplifier, check the device
by referring to the manual shipped with the device.
9. If the user did not bring the computer with
IBM ThinkPad Dock I for service, use a computer that
works correctly with IBM ThinkPad Dock I.

Checkout Guide
problems.
system responses.
Important
When the Problem Determination Procedure in the
operation manual that is supplied with the adapter or
device says “Have the system unit serviced”, this
means the computer and IBM ThinkPad Dock I.

possible.
the same operation.
Power failure. (The “Power Supply” on
power indicator does not page 552.
go on or stay on.)
complete. No Index” on page 565,
beeps/error code are and then use the No
indicated. Beep Symptoms table.
Symptoms table.
Numeric Error Codes
table.
The diagnostic test “Diagnostic Error Codes”
detected an error and on page 568.
displayed an FRU code.

Other symptoms “Symptom-to-FRU
(such as LCD display Index” on page 565,
problems) and then use the other
symptom table.
recreated. reported symptoms and
(Intermittent problems) go to “Symptom-to-FRU
Power Supply
If the power-on indicator is not on and the power supply
fan is not turning, check the power cord for continuity and
correct installation.
If the power cord is not the problem, either the power

supply is defective, or another component is defective
causing the power supply to cut off. To verify that the
power supply is operating correctly, do the following:
1. Power-off the computer and disconnect the IBM
ThinkPad Dock I power cord.
2. Remove all internal and external devices, and the
computer from the IBM ThinkPad Dock I.
3. Undock the IBM ThinkPad Dock I.
4. Remove power supply connector 1 from the riser
card.
5. Install jumpers between pins 1 and 10, and pins 3
and 8 on the main card.
Connector 1
Connector 2
12
34
5

6. Connect the power cord.
7. Check the voltages at connector 1.
8. Disconnect the power cord.
9. Remove power supply connector 2 from the main
card.
10. Install jumpers between pins 6 and 8, and pins 1 and
17 of connector 2.
11. Reconnect the power cord.
12. Check the power supply voltages at connector 2. If
the voltage is not correct, replace the power supply.
If any voltages are not correct, replace the power supply.

If the problem remains, replace the main card.
Connector 1
1 2 3 4
Connector 2
2 1
22 21
Power Supply Connector 1
Pin Signal V dc Min. V dc Max.

1 CVCC +19 +21
2 Ground – –
Power Supply Connector 2
Pin Signal V dc Min. V dc Max.

1 −12 volts −11.4 −13.2
3 −5 volts −4.53 −5.5
5 +5 volts +4.75 +5.25
7 SUB 12 +11.4 +12.6
9 +12 volts +11.4 +12.6
11 - 13 +3.3 +3.0 +3.6
17 - 19 +5 +4.75 +5.25


an FDD-1, HDD-1, or PCMCIA-1.
The PCMCIA-1, Parallel, and Serial icons are always

subsystems of the system board and not the attachment of
the devices.
The FDD-1, HDD-1, or PCMCIA-1 icons represent the first

drive in the system configuration for each type of device.
Similarly, the HDD-3, FDD-2, or PCMCIA-2 icons represent
the second drive, usually attached through a port
replicator or an expansion unit. The HDD-2 icon
represents the hard disk drive in the UltraBay.
Printer
Test the printer by connecting it to the computer before
testing it on the IBM ThinkPad Dock I.
1. Make sure the printer is correctly connected and the
power is turned on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem is

in the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, connect a wrap plug

on the parallel connector on the rear of IBM ThinkPad
Dock I and run the advanced diagnostic tests to determine
the failing FRU.
If the advanced diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug

connected) did not detect a failure, replace the printer
cable.
If the problem is not corrected, do one of the following:

If the printer is attached to the parallel connector of
IBM ThinkPad Dock I, replace the main card of IBM
ThinkPad Dock I.
If the printer is attached to the parallel connector on
the adapter, replace the FRUs in the following order
one at a time until the problem is corrected:

Note: If the replaced parts did not resolve the
problem, put the original parts back in the IBM
ThinkPad Dock I. Do not replace
non-defective parts.
1. Adapter
2. Main Card of IBM ThinkPad Dock I
External Display
If the screen is rolling, replace the external display.
If the problem is not corrected, replace FRUs in the
following order one at a time until the problem is corrected:
Note: If the replaced parts did not resolve the problem,
put the original parts back in the IBM ThinkPad
Dock I. Do not replace non-defective parts.
If the external display is attached to the IBM
ThinkPad Dock I:
1. Main Card of IBM ThinkPad Dock I
If the external display is attached to the display
adapter:
1. Display adapter
2. Main card of IBM ThinkPad Dock I
3. Riser card
If the screen is not rolling, do the following to run the

display self-test:
1. Power-off IBM ThinkPad Dock I and the external
display.
2. Disconnect the external display signal cable from the
IBM ThinkPad Dock I.
3. Power-on the external display.
4. Turn the contrast control to its maximum position.
5. Turn the brightness control to its center position.
Check for the following conditions:

The screen should be white or light gray, with a black
margin, see the appropriate display manuals for the
correct self-test condition.
The screen contrast and brightness controls should
vary the intensity of the screen.

If the external display does not meet these specifications,
replace the external display.
If the external display meets these specifications, replace

FRUs in the following order one at a time until the problem
is corrected.
If the external display is attached to IBM ThinkPad
Dock I:
2. External display
If the external display is attached to the display
adapter:
1. Display adapter
3. Riser card
4. External display
External Keyboard
Notes
If a mouse or other pointing device is attached,
remove it and see if the error symptom goes
away. If the symptom goes away, the mouse or
other pointing device is defective.
The computer keyboard does not work when an
external keyboard is connected.

2. Disconnect the keyboard cable from the external
keyboard.
3. Power-on the computer and check the keyboard cable
connector for the following voltages. All voltages
have a ±5% voltage tolerance.
Pin Voltage (V dc)

1 +5.0
2 Not Used
3 Ground
4 +5.0
5 +5.0
6 Not Used
2 4 5 3 16
4. If all voltages are correct, replace the external
keyboard.
5. If the voltages are not correct, replace the following
FRUs one at a time until the problem is corrected.

a. Keyboard cable
b. Main card of IBM ThinkPad Dock I

this step.
Error Log: Diagnostic errors are printed on the printer

that is attached to parallel port when the error is detected.
The error is also logged in the system memory.
Use the following procedure to display the errors.

3. Press Ctrl+E.
Esc.
The error log is not saved when system power is turned

off.

How to Run the Keyboard Test: Use the
following procedure to run the keyboard key test.
2. Remove the external keyboard, if one is attached.
3. Press and hold F1 key, then power-on the computer.
Hold F1 until the Easy-Setup screen appears.
4. Select Test and press Enter. The basic diagnostic
screen appears.
5. Press Ctrl+A (to go to advanced diagnostic screen).
6. Press Ctrl+K (a keyboard picture appears on the
screen).
7. By pressing a key, the mark appears or disappears
on the corresponding key position on the screen.
Repeat this step for any keys that need to be tested.
8. To exit the test, press Esc or select the cancel icon.
PC Test Card LED: The green LED on the PC test

card lights when the PCMCIA test is running. If the LED
does not go on, check that the card is installed correctly by
reseating the card. If it still does not light after reseating,
try using another slot for the test. If the LED still does not
go on and the test fails, replace the FRU shown in the
Errors During the POST: If the POST detects an

error, a three- to eight-digit error code is displayed.
Memory Errors: If the POST detects a memory error

in the first 640KB of system memory, all of the first bank
memory is de-allocated and the test continues with the
second 640KB of the second bank memory. If the total
amount of error free memory becomes less than 2MB, a
2XX POST error occurs and the system stops. All of the
remaining memory is used as system memory. When the
POST memory test has completed, the usable memory
size is compared with the configuration data and if a
mismatch is detected, a 2XX error code occurs. The user
can continue with system operation by pressing Esc, and
F1 after restart and call for service at a later time.
The memory sizes that are de-allocated because of the

POST process is kept by the hibernation or suspend
functions. To test this memory, it must be re-configured as
part of the original memory size. The memory
re-configuring is done by turning power off and on.
De-allocation support is done only by the POST for

memory errors. All unrecoverable memory errors that
occur during normal operation cause an interrupt to the
operating system.

Running Diagnostics
The IBM ThinkPad Dock I Options Diskette helps you
troubleshoot the expansion unit, SCSI adapter, and SCSI
device problems through a series of menus.
Run the diagnostics after you have completed the

installation of the IBM ThinkPad Dock I and SCSI devices
to verify these devices work correctly. Do the following:
1. Power-off the computer, the IBM ThinkPad Dock I,
and external SCSI devices.
2. Insert the Option Diskette into drive A.
3. Power-on all attached external SCSI devices, the
computer, then the IBM ThinkPad Dock I.
4. The Logo Screen appears.
5. After a few seconds the Main Menu appears.
6. Select a device for testing and go to the respective
section.

Testing the Expansion Unit
1. The Test Selection Menu appears when you select

Test Expansion Unit on the Main Menu.
Test Selection Menu
Select one:
1. Run the test one time

2. Run the test
Enter F1=Help F3=Exit
2. Select an item on the screen and follow the

instructions that appear on the screen.

Testing the SCSI Subsystem
Note: If a SCSI adapter is installed in an PCI adapter

card slot, remove it before running the SCSI
diagnostic program.
1. When you select Test SCSI Subsystem on the Main
Menu, the diagnostics program checks the system
configuration for SCSI devices and displays the
following if no SCSI controller is found.
If a SCSI controller is found, the computer goes on to
initialize the SCSI devices and displays the following.
SCSI Subsystem Diagnostics Utility V2.1
Scanning Target #n
Enter F3=Exit
2. If the initialization fails, the following screen appears.
SCSI Initialization Failed
Enter F3=Exit

3. If the initialization ends successfully, the following
screen appears. Select an item.
Select one
1. Run the tests one time

2.Run the tests continuously
Enter F3=Exit
4. The SCSI Devices Test Menu appears. Select one

of the devices.
SCSI Devises Test Menu

Select one
1.All
2. (device name) (ID0)
Enter F3=Exit
The device name may be any of the following:

SCSI Hard Disk
SCSI Tape Drive
SCSI CD-ROM
SCSI Optical Drive
or No Device
The IBM ThinkPad Dock I SCSI controller appears as
ID7 on the screen.
5. If a SCSI device exists and a test media is required to
test the SCSI device, the following pop-up menu
appears (shows the case of a SCSI tape drive).


Select one
1.All
Insert a scratch TAPE in the drive.
Enter F3=Exit
6. Insert the requested media and wait for approximately

30 seconds until the media is loaded.
7. Press any key. If no SCSI devices are found, a
pop-up menu appears.

Select one
1.All
5. (device name)
No Device Present (ID3)
Enter F3=Exit
8. The test begins and the following pop-up menu

appears.

Select one
1.All
3. device
(device name)
name (ID1)
5. IDn: Test
(device in preocess
name) (ID3)
Enter F3=Exit
9. If the test is successful, the following appears.


Select one
1.All
4. device
(device name)
name (ID2)
IDn: Test Passed
Enter F3=Exit
10. If the test is unsuccessful, the following appears.


Select one
1.All
4. (device
device name)
name (ID2)
IDn: Test Failed
Enter F3=Exit

The Symptom-to-FRU Index lists error symptoms and
possible causes. The most likely cause is listed first.
Note: Replace the FRUs one at a time in the sequence
shown in the FRUs of the IBM ThinkPad Dock I
Sequence of Action column. If a replaced part did
not resolve the problem, put the original part back
in the IBM ThinkPad Dock I. Do not replace
Always begin with “General Preparation” on page 550.
This index also can be used to help you decide which
FRUs to have available when servicing the IBM ThinkPad
Dock I.
Numeric error codes show the errors detected in the POST

or system operation. Xs, when included in the error code,
can be any number.
FRU codes are used for errors detected by diagnostic

tests.
If no error codes are available, use narrative symptoms.
If the symptom is not listed or you cannot correct the

problem using this index, go to “Undetermined Problems”
on page 573.
If you cannot correct the problem using this index, go to

IMPORTANT:
1. Before replacing any SCSI device, verify that there
are no duplicate SCSI ID settings.
2. Make sure that there are no conflicts of hardware
settings, such as, interrupt level, memory address,
DMA channel, and I/O address.
3. If you have both an error message and an incorrect
audio response, diagnose the error message first.
4. If you cannot run the advanced diagnostic tests, but
did receive a POST error message, diagnose the
POST error message.
5. If you did not receive an error message, look for a
description of your error symptoms in the first part of
this index.
6. Check all power supply voltages before you replace
the main card, riser card, and audio card of the IBM
ThinkPad Dock I. (See “Power Supply” on
page 552.)

Numeric Error Codes
Symptom/Error IBM ThinkPad Dock I

FRUs
Sequence of Actions
10X, 11X 1. Adapter in slot (if
101: Interrupt failure. used)
102: Timer failure. 2. Riser card
103: Timer interrupt 3. Main card
failure.
104.: Protected mode
failure.
105: Last 8042
command not
accepted.
108: Timer bus test
failure.
109: Low meg-chip
select test.
195 1. Do the following
(The computer was docked steps.
to the IBM ThinkPad Dock I a. Power-off and
while in hibernation mode.) undock the
system.
b. Power-on and
shut down the
system.
c. Power-off and
dock the system.
1XX See the Hardware
Maintenance Manual of
the computer. If the
problem remains, go to
“Undetermined Problems”
on page 573.
2XX 1. See the Hardware
201: Memory data Maintenance Manual
error. of the computer.
202: Memory line error 2. Main card
00–15.
16–23.
205: Memory test
failure on on-board
memory.
221: ROM to RAM
remap error.
3XX See “External Keyboard”
on page 556.

FRUs
Sequence of Actions
6XX 1. Before changing any
devices, run the
diagnostic test. (See
the “How to Run the
Diagnostics” on
page 557.)
2. FDD external
attachment kit
3. Diskette drive
assembly
4. Riser card
11XX, 12XX 1. Serial devices
2. Communication cable
3. Riser card
(2.5-inch ThinkPad
hard disk drive)
2. Main card
24XX 1. Main card
2. Riser card
860X 1. Mouse
3. Riser card
I9990301, I9990302 See the Hardware
I9990305 Maintenance Manual of
the computer.
Not shown above 1. See the Hardware
Maintenance Manual
of the computer.
2. See “Undetermined
Problems” on
page 573.

Start Restart
1 1 1
x
SystemBoard Memory Display HDD-1 FDD-1 PCMCIA-1 Parallel
DEV 001 OK
FRU 02
ERR 0010
1 2
Serial DSP CDROM-1 Infrared Audio HDD-2
3 2 2 2
HDD-3 FDD-2 PCMCIA-2 CDROM-2
Exit


tests, a three digits device ID is displayed. The device ID

ID
001 System Board

086 Pointing Device
002 Memory
Memory
050 Display
051 Enhanced Video
Display
052 MPEG
1 017 Hard Disk Drive
HDD-1

ID
2 151 Hard Disk in UltraBay
HDD-2
3 067 External Hard Disk Drive
HDD-3
1 006 Diskette Drive
FDD-1
2
FDD-2
080 PCMCIA
1
PCMCIA-1
088 External PCMCIA

2
PCMCIA-2
009 Parallel
Parallel
011, Serial
012
Serial
113 DSP
DSP
215 CD-ROM
1
CDROM-1
216 External CD-ROM

2
CDROM-2
103 IR
Infrared
150 Audio (ESS)
Audio

FRU that indicated two rightmost digits. No FRU is
other FRU code is filled with zeros. See the reference
FRU Code FRU

10 1. System Board
30 Reserved
32 1. External Keyboard
2. Main Card
3. Riser Card
33 1. External Mouse
2. Main Card
3. Riser Card
45 External CRT
3. Main Card
4. Riser Card
61 1. Reseat the Hard Disk Drive in IBM
ThinkPad Dock I (HDD-3)
2. Hard Disk Drive in IBM ThinkPad Dock I
(HDD-3)
3. Main Card
70 PCMCIA-2 (Replicator)
90 CD-ROM Drive
91 CD-ROM Drive in SelectaDock


Beep Symptoms
FRUs
Sequence of Actions
Beep sounds continuously. 1. Security feature group
2. Main card
Keyboard-Related Symptoms
FRUs
Sequence of Actions
One or more keys do not Go to “External
work on the external Keyboard” on page 556.
keyboard, but the IBM
ThinkPad Dock I is
otherwise functional.
FRUs
Sequence of Actions
Power-good light does not See “Undetermined
turn on, fan does not run, Problems” on page 573.
and the computer is not
functional.
Computer is functional and 1. Check the connector
the fan runs, but the power of LCD Group
on indicator does not turn 2. Main Card
on.
3. Go to “Power Supply”
on page 552.
LCD (IBM ThinkPad Dock I) 1. 2.5-inch hard disk
for the hard disk drive stays drive in the UltraBay
on. of the IBM ThinkPad
Dock I
LCD (IBM ThinkPad Dock I) 1. Check the connector
for the hard disk drive is not of LCD Group
working, but the IBM 2. LCD Circuit Board
ThinkPad Dock I is Group
functional.
3. Main card

FRUs
Sequence of Actions
Although the computer is The fan is working
turned off, the fan of the correctly. To stop the fan,
IBM ThinkPad Dock I power set the key lock to the
supply is running. external left position.( 2 )
The power of IBM ThinkPad See “Undetermined
Dock I cannot be turned off. Problems” on page 573.
FRUs
Sequence of Actions
External display screen Go to “External Display”
changes colors. on page 555.
Other Symptoms
FRUs
Sequence of Actions
Computer does not work, See “Undetermined
the power-on indicator does Problems” on page 573.
not turn on, but the fan
runs.
Program-load error during Network Adapter
remote IPL from the file
servicer.
Intermittent failures. Do the loop test. (See
“How to Run the
Diagnostics” on
page 557.)
The HDD-3 is not 1. Remove the hard
recognized and no error disk password for the
codes appear on the ThinkPad hard disk
screen. (The password of as follows:
the HDD-3 is still set.) a. Install the second
Note: The HDD-3 icon hard disk drive on
indicates the the computer.
2.5-inch ThinkPad b. Remove the hard
hard disk drive disk password.
installed in IBM
ThinkPad Dock I.

Use the following procedure when the diagnostic tests do
not identify the failing adapter or device.
Check that all cables, wires, and connectors are connected

so that they do not cause a short circuit. If any problems
are found, reconnect or replace them.
Check the power supply for correct operation (see “Power

Supply” on page 552). If the power supply is operating
correctly, return here and continue with the following
procedures.
2. Remove or disconnect one at a time the following
adapters or devices from IBM ThinkPad Dock I. (Do
not isolate adapters or devices that are known to be
good.)
a. Non-IBM devices.
b. A modem, printer, mouse, external keyboard,
external display, external diskette drive, numeric
keypad, or other external devices.
c. Any adapter.
Note: Removing an adapter or device may
cause configuration errors. Ignore error
code 174.
d. SCSI device.
e. Hard disk drive.
3. Power-on the system and check if the problem has
changed.
4. If the symptom remains, repeat Steps 1 through 3
until you find the failing adapter or device, or until all
adapters or devices have been removed.
5. If all adapters or devices have been removed and the
problem remains, replace the following IBM ThinkPad
Dock I FRUs one at a time.
Note: If a replaced part did not resolve the problem,
put the original part back in the IBM ThinkPad
Dock I. Do not replace non-defective parts.
a. Riser card
b. Main card
c. IBM ThinkPad Dock I audio card
If the problem goes away when you remove an adapter,

but replacing the adapter does not correct the problem,
replace the main card of IBM ThinkPad Dock I.

This section contains information on removals and
replacements, and locations.
The arrows in the removals and replacements show
the direction of movement to remove a field
replaceable unit (FRU), or to turn a screw to release
the FRU. The arrows are marked in numeric order to
show the correct sequence of removal.
Go to the removal procedure for each FRU listed,
remove the FRU, and then continue with the removal
of the failing FRU.
See “Locations” on page 583 for internal cable
connections and arrangement information.

Before removing any FRU, power-off the ThinkPad
Dock I and computer, unplug all power cords from
electrical outlets, remove the battery pack, and then
disconnect any interconnecting cables.
Warning: The main board, adapters, and circuit boards

on the drives are sensitive to, and can be damaged by,
electrostatic discharge. Establish personal grounding by
touching a ground point with one hand before touching
these units.
Note: An electrostatic discharge (ESD) strap must be

used to establish personal grounding.

1010 SelectaDock I
Make sure the security key is in the unlock position.
1020 Rear Panel / Option Card Cover

(Option)
Rear Panel:

Option Card Cover (If installed)
2 1
3
3
6
7
5
6

1030 Upper Cover
SelectaDock Base Model I (1010)
Rear Panel / Option Card Cover (1020)
2 3
1
1
Inside view

.1/ M 2.6 x 5 mm (2) Self
tap,
Black
.2/ M 2.6 x 5 mm (1) Self tap
.3/ M 2.6 x 8 mm (3) Black

1040 Fan Assembly
Upper Cover (1030)
2
1
1

.1/ M 2.6 x 5 mm (3) Self tap
.2/ M 2.6 x 5 mm (2) Self tap
1050 LCD Panel

Upper Cover (1030)
1

1060 Power Unit
Upper Cover (1030)
Connector of the LCD Panel (1050)
4
1
3
5

.2/ M 3 x 5 mm (1)
.3/ M 2.6 x 5 mm (1)
.4/ M 2.6 x 8 mm (1)
.5/ M 2.6 x 4 mm (2)

1070 Riser Card/Main Board
Upper Cover (1030)
Fan Assembly (1040)
Connector of the LCD panel (1050)
Power Unit (1060)
1
2
Step Length (Quantity) Location

.1/ M 2.6 x 5 mm (1) Main
Board
M 2.6 x 6 mm (2) FDD
connector
M 2.6 x 8 mm (2) HDD
connector
.2/ M 2.6 x 8 mm (1)
.3/ M 2.6 x 3 mm (1) Precision
screw
.4/ M 2.6 x 8 mm (1)
5
6

.5/ M 2 x 4 mm (2) Flat
head
8
7
a
7 b

.7/ a: M 2.6 x 5 mm (1) b:
b: M 2.5 x 3 mm (3) Bottom
of the
base
cover
Procedure continued on the next page.

11
10 9

.9/ M 2.6 x 4 mm (2) Self tap
12

Locations
SelectaDock Base Model I

Front View
.1/ Security Lock
.2/ Lock Indicator
.3/ PC Card Lock
.4/ Right-Hand Hole
.5/ Computer Catch Slit
.6/ Computer Lock
.7/ Left-Hand Hole
.8/ Ejector
.9/ Docking Connector

Rear View
.1/ Mouse/Pointing Device Connector
.2/ Keyboard/Numeric Keypad Connector
.3/ Kensington Lock Keyhole
.5/ Power Jack
.6/ Line-Out Jack
.1ð/ Expansion Connector

SelectaDock I
Front View
.1/ PCMCIA Slot
.2/ PC Card Lock Slide
.3/ SelectaDock Base Model I Lock
.4/ UltraBay Connector 1
.5/ UltraBay Connector 2
.6/ Feature Jumper
.7/ Blank Bezel
.8/ Status Indicator
.9/ Docking Guide
.1ð/ Docking Connector

Rear View
.1/ Power Connector
.2/ MIDI/Joystick Jack
.3/ SCSI Connector
.4/ Line-Out Jack
.5/ ISA Adapter Card Slot
.6/ PCI Adapter Card Slot

System Status Indicators
.1/ Docked
.1/ Power On
.2/ Suspend Mode
.3/ Diskette Drive In-use
.4/ Hard Disk In-use
.5/ Attention

Parts Listing SelectaDock (3547)
2
3

1 Upper Cover 39H7419
2 Fan ASM 39H7420
3 Riser Card ASM 39H7421
4 LCD ASM
5 Base Cover ASM 39H7418
6 Main Board ASM 39H7422
7 Power Supply Unit 39H7417
Option Card Cover 39H7423
Miscellaneous Kit 39H7431
Screws
Spacers
Clamps
SelectaDock Base Model I 39H7416
Options
Tape Drive Kit 84G1290
Bracket and Bezel 84G1291
Shelf 84G3631
Tray Cover 84G3632

Power Cords
10
Warning:
1 Colombia, U.S., Venezuela 13F9959

Japan, 2-pin 6454377
Japan, 3-pin 65F0031
3 France, Germany, Spain 13F9979
4 Italy 14F0069
5 Australia, New Zealand 13F9940
6 Denmark 13F9997
7 Israel 14F0087
8 Bangladesh, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, 14F0015
South Africa
9 Switzerland 14F0051
10 Thailand 1838574

Common Devices Checkout
External Diskette Drive Test . . . . . . . . . . . 592
External Display Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input Device Checkout 593
Fax/Modem Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
Printer Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Port Replicator Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
TrackPoint Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
TV Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Identifying Names and Functions . . . . . . . 599
Using the Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604

External Diskette Drive Test
Use the following procedure to isolate the diskette problem
to a controller, drive or diskette. A scratch, write-enabled
1. Select the icon FDD on the TEST MENU. By doing
this, the controller test and the drive read/write test
run. If the controller test detects an error, FRU code
10 appears. In this case, replace the system board.
2. If the controller test run without errors, follow the
instructions on the screen and insert a scratch
diskette.
3. If the drive test detects an error, FRU code 50
appears. If the diskette media are known to be good,
replace the drive or the drive cable.
External Display Self-Test

If the display problem occurs only when using an external
display, use the following instructions to correct the
problem.
Note
Before you replace a display, check the following list
to see if it is connected correctly.
8506 and 8508 displays must be connected to an

Image Adapter/A or an Image-I Adapter/A.
63XX and 85XX systems support either 63XX or
85XX displays.
85XX systems with an XGA-2 adapter support 95XX
displays.
95XX systems support either 63XX, 85XX, or 95XX
displays.
ThinkPad models support either 85XX or 95XX
displays.
If the screen is rolling, replace the display assembly. If

that does not correct the problem, replace FRUs in the
following order until the problem goes away:
1. Video card
2. Display adapter (any type)
3. System board
4. Bus adapter (if used)
If the screen is not rolling, run the display self-test as

follows:
1. Power-off the computer and display.
2. Disconnect the display signal cable.
3. Power-on the display.
4. Set the contrast to its maximum position.
5. Set the brightness control to the center detent
position.

Check for the following conditions:
You should be able to vary the screen intensity by
adjusting the contrast and brightness controls.
The screen should be white or light gray, with a black
margin (test margin) on the screen.
Note: The location of the test margin varies with the
type of display. The test margin might be on
the top, bottom, or one or both sides.
If you do not see a test margin on the screen, replace the

display. If there is a test margin on the screen, replace the
system board.
Note: On ThinkPad Models 700, 700C, 720C, 720C, do
the following:
1. Video card
2. System board
External Keyboard/Auxiliary Input

Device Checkout
The following auxiliary input devices may be available for
IBM ThinkPad models.
– Numeric keypad
– Mouse (PS/2 compatible)
– External keyboard (with Keyboard/Miniature
Mouse cable)
If you suspect a problem with any of the auxiliary
input devices (listed above), replace the device.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the following
FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
– Keyboard control card
– System board
If the computer receives an incorrect keyboard
response, remove other external devices, check the
keyboard connections, and recheck the keyboard
responses. If the problem remains, replace the
following FRUs one at a time to correct the problem.
– Keyboard
– Keyboard control card
– System board
If a 00030100 error message appears, power-off the
computer and the external devices. Then power-on
the computer before you power-on the external
devices.
Common Devices Checkout 593

Fax/Modem Checkout
001
– Power-off the computer.
– Ensure that the modem is installed correctly.
– If the modem never worked in customer mode, ensure
that all drivers are loaded correctly onto the computer.
– Ensure that the communication program is supported on
the computer.
– Ensure that the public switch telephone network (PSTN)
cable and the data access arrangement (DAA) cable, if
installed, are connected correctly.
If you need to correct one of the above conditions, do so
now; then continue.
Note: PCMCIA cards can be inserted and removed while
the system is powered on.
– Power-on the system.
– Insert the IBM Data/FAX Modem diskette into the default
diskette drive.
– If you are servicing a High Speed Internal Data/Fax
Modem (Models FC3632 and FC3650), at the DOS
prompt (for example, A:\), type IBMDIAG; then press
Enter.
– If you are servicing a PCMCIA Data/FAX Modem
(Models FC3634 and FC3635), at the DOS prompt (for
example, A:\), type ESTDIAG; then press Enter.
– Follow the instructions on the screen. (If you need help,
press F1.)
DID THE DIAGNOSTIC TESTS DETECT AN ERROR?
Yes No
002
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If
you suspect a problem, go to Step 004.
003
Go to the Symptom-to-FRU Index for the computer you are
servicing.
004
– Check the PSTN cable and the DAA cable, if installed,
for continuity.
IS THE CABLE(S) GOOD?
Yes No
005
Replace the defective cable(s).
006
(Step 006 continues)

006 (continued)
– Have the customer transmit a call.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No
007
Go to Step 011.
008
– Have the customer receive an incoming call on the
modem.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No
009
Go to Step 014.
010
The diagnostic tests have completed successfully. If you
still suspect a problem that is not software related, replace
the External DAA; then replace the modem.
011
– Have the customer transmit a call at a lower speed.
WAS THE CALL TRANSMITTED SUCCESSFULLY?
Yes No
012
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do not
have an external DAA installed, or replacing the
external DAA does not correct the problem, replace
the modem.
013
Have the telephone line checked.
014
– Have the customer receive an incoming call on the
modem at a lower speed.
WAS THE INCOMING CALL RECEIVED?
Yes No
015
If installed, replace the external DAA. If you do not
have an external DAA installed, or replacing the
external DAA does not correct the problem, replace
the modem.

(CONTINUED)
016
Have the telephone line checked.
Printer Checkout
1. Make sure the printer is correctly connected and is
powered-on.
2. Run the printer self-test.
If the printer self-test does not run correctly, the problem is

in the printer. Refer to the printer service manual.
If the printer self-test runs correctly, do the following.

1. Verify the port settings in configuration.
2. Install a wrap plug on the port (indicated in
configuration) and run the advanced diagnostic tests.
3. If the advanced diagnostic tests (with the wrap plug
installed) do not detect a failure, replace the printer
cable.
If the problem is not corrected, replace the system
board.

expansion connector at the rear of the computer.
attached.
(If another device occupies the connector, remove it
first.)
6. Go to General Checkout and follow that procedure.
an error, suspect a problem with the port replicator or
8. Power-off the computer and reconnect the port
replicator.
9. Power-on the computer and run the following
the replicator.
the replicator.
PCMCIA-2 test with the PC test card installed.
FDD-2 (FDD-1 if no drive is installed in the
computer) drive test on the failing device.
diskette drive attachment unit.
the system board.
11. If power problems appear only when using the
If power shut downs occur intermittently when using

PCMCIA-2 devices via a port replicator, suspect an
over-current problem. Some PCMCIA devices use more
power; if the maximum usage of each device occurs
simultaneously, the total current will exceed the limit,
thereby causing a power shut down. Isolate this problem
by removing one of the devices, and use the computer
under the same condition, and see whether a power shut
down occurs. Do this procedure for all devices then
determine the cause. Customer purchase of the larger AC
adapter (50W, optional) is recommended, if it is not yet in
use.

TrackPoint Checkout
If the TrackPoint does not work, check the
configuration. If the configuration of the TrackPoint is
set to Disabled or Off, change it to Enable or On.
If the problem remains, continue.
Note: TrackPoint automatically compensates to
adjust the pointer sensor. This causes the
pointer to move slightly on the screen and
then stop. Pointer movement might occur
when a slight, steady pressure is applied to
the TrackPoint pointer when the computer is
powered-on or running, or when exceeded
temperature range requires re-adjustment.
If the cursor floats or moves erratically, power-off and
disconnect the mouse. Power-on the computer. If
the problem goes away, replace the mouse. If the
problem remains, replace the keyboard.
For click button or pointing stick problems:
3. Press either left or right click button.
If the pointing stick or the click button does not work,
do the following.
1. Reseat the keyboard cables.
2. Replace the keyboard.
3. Replace the interposer card
(355x, 360x, 750x, 755x).
4. Replace keyboard control card (720).
5. Replace the system board.

TV Tuner
The TV Tuner Pack (hereafter called TV Tuner) is an
option for watching TV programs or videos on the IBM TFT
color notebook computer. The computer changes to TV
reception when the removable diskette drive is replaced
with the TV Tuner.
The TV screen and normal computer display are easily

switched by using the Hot key on the front panel of the TV
Tuner.
Identifying Names and Functions

The following figure and table show the names and
functions of each part of the TV Tuner.
13 2
12
3
11 4
10
5
6
7
9 8
Icons Functions
.1/ Front Panel Used to change the TV channels,
switch TV mode to computer mode,
and operate most functions of the TV
Tuner.
.2/ Headphone Connects the headphones.
Jack
.3/ Power Shows the TV Tuner is powered on.

Indicator
.4/ Power Powered on and off the TV Tuner.
Switch
.5/ Hot Key Switches between the TV screen and

computer screen.
.6/ Up Switch Increases the value such as the

channel number.
.7/ Down Switch Decreases the value such as the

channel number.

Icons Functions
.8/ Function Key Enters the mode to change the value of
each function, such as TV channel or
color contrast. (See “Using the
Function Key” on page 601.)
.9/ TV/EXT Switches the TV mode or external
Switch video mode.
.1ð/ Volume Controls the speaker volume.

Knob
.11/ Audio-In Connects the audio-in connector of the

Jack AV cable.
.12/ Video-In Connects video-in connector of the AV

Jack cable.
.13/ RF Connects the active antenna unit or

Connector antenna cable.
Using the Front Panel

The following table shows how to operate all functions of
the TV Tuner with the controls on the front panel.
Key Function
Power Turns on the TV Tuner.
This key is used only
when the computer is
turned on.
Hot Key Switches computer
display and TV screen.
Up Increases the value of

parameters, Channel
Number, Color, Tint,
Brightness, Contrast,
Auto Tuning Sensitivity,
On-screen Message
Selection.
Down Decreases the value of
parameters, Channel
Number, Color, Tint,
Brightness, Contrast,
Auto Tuning Sensitivity,
On-screen Message
Selection.

Key Function
Function Selects a function mode
to adjust each function
parameter. (See “Using
the Function Key” on
page 601.)
TV/Ext Switches the displayed
video source between
the receiving TV
broadcast program and
external devices such as
VCR, video camera
recorder, laser disk, and
so on.
Using the Function Key: Each time you press the

Function key ( ), one of the following messages (called
On-Screen Message) appears at the top left corner of the
LCD.
The changed values are automatically saved when you

return to the “TV Channel” On-Screen message. The
values are not saved when you power-off the TV Tuner
without returning to this message.
Message on LCD Parameter

TV Channel
à (xx) By using and ,
you can select the
channels from 2 to 69.
Color Adjustment
à COL By pressing and holding
or , you can
change the color.
TINT Adjustment
à TNT By pressing and holding
or , you can
change the tint.
Bright Adjustment
à BRT By pressing and holding
or , you can
change the brightness.
Contrast Adjustment
à CNT By pressing and holding
or , you can
change the contrast.

Message on LCD Parameter
(No function)
à --- Reserved.
Auto Tune Sensitivity

à LO Selection
LO: Means the
sensitivity of the TV
à HI is low. In this
mode, the TV
Tuner receives
strong TV signals
only. To set LO,
press .
HI: Means the
sensitivity of the TV
is high (factory
default). In this
mode, the TV
Tuner receives
weak and strong
TV signals. To set
HI, press .
Time On-Screen
à D3S Message appears
D3S: On-Screen
Message appears
à DON for 3 seconds. To
set D3S, press .
DON: On-Screen
Message always
appears. To set
DON press

Power-on the TV Tuner: Use the ThinkPad
Features program or PS2.EXE. to power-on the TV Tuner;
then power-on the internal device in the diskette drive
compartment. If power for the internal device is turned off
when the TV Tuner is set up, nothing appears on the LCD
display. Turn on power for the TV Tuner again.
If you are using DOS, do one of the following:
– Power-on the computer and type PS2 from the
command prompt to start the ThinkPad Features
program.
Select Set Power Features from the ThinkPad
Features menu; then put a check mark at
Internal Serial Port (or Diskette Drive
Compartment) under the Power for devices. If
you need help, press F1 to display the help
menu.
– Type PS2 MODEM ON (or PS2 DDC ON) from the
command prompt; press the Enter key to set the
power ON.
If you are using OS/2* or Microsoft Windows**, do the
following:
1. Power-on the computer and start the ThinkPad
Features program.
2. Select the Power icon; then move the pointer to
Internal Serial Port (or Diskette Drive
Compartment) under the Power for devices
and click the button to check mark it.
3. Press the OK button.

Troubleshooting
The following table shows what to do to solve problems
when the TV Tuner does not work correctly.
Problem Probable Cause

The TV Tuner Computer is not powered on.
does not Computer is in suspend mode.
operate.
Volume control of the TV Tuner or
(No picture or
computer is not adjusted correctly.
sound)
The power for the TV Tuner is not
supplied. (See “Power-on the TV
Tuner” on page 603.)
The wall outlet from the outdoor
antenna is not active.
The video or antenna cable is not
connected correctly.
Antenna elements of the active
antenna unit are not adjusted.
The batteries in the active antenna
unit are not inserted correctly.
The batteries in the active antenna
unit are depleted.
The TV Tuner is not set up
correctly.
You cannot watch TV or videos on
the external display.
LO is set for the auto tune
sensitivity selection. (See page
601.)
No color. The program is not in color.
Snow and noise Switch the TV/EXT ( ) button.
only.
Pictures are out For TV:
of shape, or The channel is not tuned correctly.
have double Adjust the antenna.
images.
For VCR:
Change the tracking adjustment.
Dotted lines or Usually caused by interference
stripes. from neon signs, hair dryers, and
so on. Move the computer to
avoid the interference.
Picture control Do not power-off the TV Tuner
are not saved. when adjusting functions such as
picture control, color, tint,
brightness, or contrast.
Channel number Select your favorite mode for the
is always on-screen message. (See page 601.)
displayed or is
not displayed.

Common Parts Listing
This section contains FRUs common to most IBM portable,
laptop, and notebook computers.
External Diskette Drives

5.25-Inch Diskette Drive:
360KB External (4869-001) 72X6759
360KB External (4869-501) 72X6768
1.2MB External (4869-002) 15X7993
1.2MB External (4869-502) 15X7994
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter 72X6757
5.25-Inch Drive Adapter/A 15F7996
5.25-Inch External Diskette Drive Cable 27F4211
(from system board to adapter)
Diskette Drive Bus Adapter 72X8524
CD-ROM Drives
Enhanced Internal CD-ROM II Drive 61G1901
(Eject button below slot)
Internal CD-ROM I Drive 81F7930
(Eject button above slot)
Terminator Kit (for 81F7930) 59F3530
Cleaning Kit (for 81F7930) 59F3562
(Disks, CD Caddy)
Internal CD-ROM II Drive 92F0084
(Eject button below slot)
Terminator Kit (for 92F0084) 92F0082
Media Kit (for 92F0084) 31F4232
(No cleaning necessary, Test Disk, CD Caddy)
Signal Cable 34F0043
Power Cable 72X8521
Remote ID Switch Cable (3510) 92F0086
Audio Card, Cable, Screws (3510) 92F0085
CD Caddy 22F9419
Rail Kit (3510) 34F0041
Headphones 53F3610

SCSI Adapters, Terminators, Cables
SCSI Adapter/A (without Cache) 85F0002
SCSI Internal Cable 64F4127
SCSI Adapter/A (with Cache) 85F0063
Terminator, External (for 85F0063) 33F8464
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0063) 34F0025
Terminator, Internal (for 85F0002) 57F2870
SCSI Fast Adapter (16 bit) 92F0330
SCSI External Cable (for 92F0330) 32G4089
SCSI Internal Cable (for 92F0330) 32G0084
Terminator, Inline (space permitting) 92F0412
Rewritable Optical Drives

3.5-Inch Rewritable Optical Drive 92F0167
Rewritable Optical Cartridge 38F8647
Rewritable Optical Cartridge (5 Pack) 38F8646
Drive Mounting Slide (for 92F0167) 85F0022
Tray with Bezel (for 92F0167) 85F0021
Objective Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167) 38F8681
Prism Lens Cleaner (for 92F0167) 38F8682
3.5-Inch Enhanced Rewritable Optical Drive 92F0167
Mounting Tray 92F0269
Mounting Tray/Bezel (Model 3510) 92F0268
External Keyboard/Mouse
Keyboard Cable 72X8537
Mouse 61X8923
Mouse Ball and Pop-Off Retainer 33F8461
Mouse Ball and Twist-Off Retainer 33F8462
Mouse (New Style) 33G5420
Mouse Retainer Ring 33G5417
Miniature Mouse 95F5723
Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)

Country
Arabic 1391490
Belgian 1391414
Canadian French 1392011
Cyrillic 1393866
Danish 1391407
Dutch 1391511
French 1391402
German 1391403
Greek 1393285
Hebrew 1391408
Italian 1393395
Latin American Spanish 1392015
Norwegian 1391409
Portuguese 1391410
Russian/Cyrillic 1395622
Spanish 1391405
Swedish/Finnish 1391411
Swiss 1391412
Swiss/French 1395881
Swiss/German 1395882
Turkish 1393286
U.K. English 1391406
U.S. English (E/ME/A use only) 1396790
U.S. English 1392090
Yugoslavian 1393669

Optional Enhanced Keyboards (101/102 Key)
with PS/2 Style Cable 59G7980
with AT Style Cable 59G7981
with 25mm PS/2 Trackball 59G7982
with 25mm Serial Trackball 59G9757
Keybutton Kits (101/102 Key)

Keybutton Kits (R), Belgian 1392033
Keybutton Kits (R), Canadian French 1392032
Keybutton Kits (R), Danish 1392026
Keybutton Kits (R), Dutch 1392034
Keybutton Kits (R), French 6447047
Keybutton Kits (R), German 6447048
Keybutton Kits (R), Italian 6447049
Keybutton Kits (R), Norwegian 1392028
Keybutton Kits (R), Portuguese 1392029
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish 6447050
Keybutton Kits (R), Spanish / Latin 1392035
Keybutton Kits (R), Swedish 1392030
Keybutton Kits (R), Swiss / French / German 1392031
Keybutton Kits (R), U.K. English 6447046
Keybutton Kits, U.S. English 6447045
Japanese Keyboard Type 2 (106 Key, DBCS Support)

Japanese Keyboard 94X1110
Keyboard Cable 94X1147
Space-Saving Keyboards (84/85 Key)

Country
Canadian French 1396046
Spanish/Latin 1396047
U.S. English 1393290
Cable Assembly, External 1393082
Tools and Miscellaneous

Ethernet BNC T-Connector 84F8207
Ethernet BNC 50-ohm Terminator 85F0037
(2 required)
Grounding Wire Set 38F4684
Keyboard Key Cap Removal Tool 6110464
SCSI Terminator 92F0142
(any SCSI device, space permitting)
SCSI Terminator Kit 92F0143
(R-PAC Terminator Modules (3) for 40, 60,
80, 120, and 160MB SCSI Hard Disk Drives)
Wrap Plug Ethernet D-Shell 85F0036
Wrap Plug, Tri-Connector 72X8546
Wrap Plug (6157 Tape Attachment Adapter/A) 4178459
Wrap Plug (Token-Ring Network Adapter/A) 6165899
Plastic Envelope (For Wrap Plug) 6138013
Common Parts Listing 607

Display Power Cords
1 6
2 7
3 8
4 9
5 10
Index Country
1 Colombia, U.S., Venezuela 6952300
Colombia, U.S., Venezuela 62X1045
3 France, Germany, Spain 13F9979
4 Italy, Chile 14F0069
5 Australia, New Zealand, New Guinea, 13F9940
Papua
6 Denmark 13F9997
7 Israel 14F0087
8 Bangladesh, Pakistan, South Africa, 14F0015
Sri Lanka
9 Switzerland 14F0051
10 Thailand 1838574
Japan 79F2755
Display and Monitor Information

Display and monitor information is separately available
from IBM or an IBM Authorized Dealer.

Miscellaneous Information
Acronyms, Abbreviations and Terms

Term Information
ACPA/A Audio Capture and Playback Adapter
ADP Automatic Data Processing
Alt Alternate
ANSI American National Standards Institute
ARTIC A Real Time Interface Coprocessor
ASCII American National Standard Code for Interface
Interchange
AT Advanced Technology (as in AT Bus)
AVC Audio Video Connection
BIOS Basic Input/Output System (Controls System
Resources)
bps Bits Per Second
BPS Bytes Per Second
CCITT The International Telephone and Telegraph
Consultative Committee
CCS Common Command Set
CCSB Common Complete Status Block
CCSB Configuration Control Sub Board
CD Compact Disc
CDPD Cellular Digital Packet Data
CD-ROM CD Read Only Memory (stores data/audio)
CE Customer Engineer or Service Representative
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRT Cathode Ray Tube
CSD Corrective Service Diskette
CGA Color Graphics Adapter (See EGA, VGA, XGA)
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRT Cathode Ray Tube
CSA Canadian Standards Association
CSD Corrective Service Diskette
DASD Direct Access Storage Device (hard disk, diskette)
DMA Direct Memory Access
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
DSTN Double Super Twisted Nematic
ECA Engineering Change Announcement
ECC Error Correction Code
EGA Enhanced Graphics Adapter
ESD Electrostatic Discharge
ESDI Enhanced Small Device Interface
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only
Memory
EWS Energy Work Station
FDD Floppy Disk Drive
FRU Field Replaceable Unit (replaceable part)
GPIB General Purpose Interface Bus (IEEE 348)
GSA General Services Administration
HDD Hard Disk Drive
Ht Height
IDE Integrated Drive Electronics
IC Integrated Circuit
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IML Initial Machine Load

Term Information
IPL Initial Program Load
IR Infrared
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ISDN Integrated-Services Digital Network
LAN Local Area Network
LBA Local Block Address
LTB Local Transfer Bus
LUN Logical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
MAP Maintenance Analysis Procedure
MCGA Modified Color Graphics Adapter
(320 x 200 x 256)
MCA Micro Channel Architecture (bus structure)
MHz Mega hertz (millions of cycles per second)
MIDI Musical Instrument Digital Interface
MM Multimedia
N/A Not Available or Not Applicable
NMI Non-Maskable Interrupt
NSC National Support Center
NVRAM Non Volatile Random Access Memory
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card
International Association
POS Programmable Option Select
PUN Physical Unit Number (as in SCSI)
RAID Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks
(disk array models)
RAM Random Access Memory (read/write)
RGB Red Green Blue (is in monitors)
RIPL Remote Initial Program Load
ROM Read Only Memory
SASD Sequential Access Storage Device (Tape)
SCB Subsystem Control Block
SCSI Small Computer Systems Interface
SCSI ID SCSI Identification Number
(assigned device number)
SPD Software Product Description
SR Service Representative
SRAM Static Random Access Memory
SVGA Super Video Graphics Array
STN Super Twisted Nematic
T/A NDD Technical Advisor
(See your Marketing Representative)
TDD Telecommunications Device for the Deaf
TFT Thin-Film Transistor
TPF ThinkPad File
UL Underwriters Laboratory
VCA Video Capture Adapter
VESA Video Electronics Standards Association
VGA Video Graphics Array (640x480x16)
VPD Vital Product Data
VRAM Video Random Access Memory
WORM Write Once, Read Many Media
XGA Extended Graphics Array (1024 x 768 x 256)
Y/C Luminance/Chrominance Signal
(Pertains to Video)

Send Us Your Comments!
We want to know your opinion about this manual (part
number 84H8099). Your input will help us to improve our
publications.
Please photocopy this survey, complete it, and then fax it

to IBM HMM Survey at 919-543-8167 (USA).
Name
Phone Number
1. Do you like this manual?

____ Yes ____ No
2. What would you like to see added, changed, or

deleted in this manual?
3. What is your service experience level?

____ Less than five years
____ More than five years
4. Which ThinkPad systems do you service most?
Thanks in advance for your response!
Miscellaneous Information 611

Do You Need Technical References?
We have a wide range of hardware technical references
that provide in-depth information about IBM personal
computer products. Our Technical Reference Library
includes information about:
Micro Channel, Setup, and Subsystem Control Block
architectures
Common interfaces (including microprocessors,
system timers, parallel and serial port controllers,
keyboards and keystrokes, SCSI, DMA, video, and
more)
Specific Personal System/2 systems (including
system board connectors, jumpers, memory
subsystems, I/O subsystems, programming interfaces
and registers, and error codes)
Basic input/output system (BIOS)
Options and adapters
A catalog of our current offerings is available on the World

Wide Web at the following URL:
http://www.pc.ibm.com/desktop/pcdcat.html
Technical information manuals for the latest Commercial

Desktop computers are available on the World Wide Web.
These publications can be viewed online in BookManager
format, or they can be downloaded as PostScript files. Go
to http://www.pc.ibm.com/cdt and then select the
“Technical information” topic.

Problem Determination Tips
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations
that can be encountered, use the following information to
assist you in problem determination. If possible, have this
information available when requesting assistance from
Service Support and Engineering functions.
Machine type and model
Processor or hard disk upgrades
Failure symptom
– Do diagnostics fail?
– What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?
– Is the failure repeatable?
– Has this configuration ever worked?
– If it has been working, what changes were made
prior to it failing?
– Is this the original reported failure?
Reference Diskette Version
– Type and revision level
Hardware configuration
– Print out (print screen) configuration from
Reference Diskette currently in use
– BIOS level
Operating system software
– Type and revision level
Important
To eliminate confusion, identical systems are

considered identical only if they:
1. Are the exact machine type and models
2. Have the same BIOS level
3. Have the same adapters/attachments in the
same locations
4. Have the same address
jumpers/terminators/cabling
5. Have the same software versions and levels
6. Have the same Reference Diskette (version)
7. Have the same configuration options set in the
system
8. Have the same setup for the operation system
control files
Comparing the configuration and software set-up

between “working and non-working” systems will often
lead to problem resolution.

Phone Numbers, U.S. and Canada
Authorized Dealers or Servicers
Number Information
919-517-0001 Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
800-528-7705 Bulletin Board Service - TSS Only
800-937-3737 IBM Business Partner Education
800-426-2472 IBM Customer Engineer Technical
Support
800-IBM-DEAL IBM Dealer Support Center
800-342-6672 IBM Direct Desktop Software Sales
303-924-4015 IBM Part Number ID and Look Up
800-426-7763 IBM PC HelpCenter
800-237-5511 IBM Software Defect Support (CSDs)
800-327-5711 IBM Software Ordering (Publications)
800-426-1484 IBM Supplies Technical Hotline
800-388-7080 IBM Warranty Parts Claims Center
U.S. Customers and Helpware Subscribers
Number Information
919-517-0001 Bulletin Board Service - PC Company
800-426-8322 Customer Education Business Unit
800-999-0052 Customized Operational Services
800-237-4824 EduQuest (Educational Computers)
800-964-8523 End User HelpDesk Support
800-742-2493 IBM Anti-Virus Services
800-447-4700 IBM Authorized Dealer Referrals
800-426-2468 IBM Dealer Referral
800-426-3333 IBM Information Referral Service
800-IBM-SERV IBM Service
800-772-2227 IBM PC HelpCenter and HelpDesk
800-426-7282 IBM Technical Manuals
800-426-9402 Multimedia Information Center
(Ext. 150)
800-241-1620 Multimedia HelpCenter
800-342-6672 OS/2 Information Line
800-237-5511 OS/2 Support Services
800-284-5933 Prodigy
914-962-0310 Prodigy User Questions
800-547-1283 Technical Coordinator Program
SystemXtra for Personal Systems
LAN Automated Distribution/2
OS/2 Bulletin Board
OS/2 Application Assistance Center
800-551-2832 Technical Solutions Magazine

IBM Canada Customer and Servicer Support
Number Information
800-661-PSMT Business Partner Marketing Support
905-316-5556 Business Partner Marketing Support -
Toronto
514-938-6048 Business Partner Marketing Support -
French
800-465-4YOU Customer Relations
800-IBM-SERV Customer Service Dispatch
800-263-2769 Customer Service Parts
800-465-2222 Customer Support Center (ISC)
416-443-5701 Customer Service Repair Centre
800-505-1855 Dealer Support Group (DSG)
800-465-7999 HelpClub Registration / IBM Direct
800-465-3299 HelpFax
905-316-3299 HelpFax - Toronto
800-565-3344 HelpPC
905-513-3355 IBM Certification Administrator
Mail to: 50 Acadia Drive
Markham, Ontario L3R 0B3
800-661-2131 IBM Education (A+ Course)
800-268-3100 IBM Information Network Support
800-387-8343 IBM PC Service Partners
800-487-7426 International Warranty Registration
800-663-7662 Lexmark Product Information
800-IBM-9990 PartnerLine
800-263-2769 Parts Orders, Exchange or Emergency
416-443-5808 Parts Regular Orders, Exchange
(Fax)
416-443-5755 Parts Orders, Inquiries
514-938-3022 PC Co Bulletin Board - Montreal
905-316-4255 PC Co Bulletin Board - Markham
604-664-6464 PC Co Bulletin Board - Vancouver
204-934-2735 PC Co Bulletin Board - Winnepeg
800-661-7768 PS Marketing Support (PSMT)
800-565-3344 PS/1 Warranty Customer Helpline
800-387-8483 PS/1 Warranty Service (DOAs)
800-465-1234 Publications Ordering
905-316-4148 Service Management Support
905-316-4100 Service Management Support
(Fax)
905-316-4150 Service (Warranty) Manager
905-316-4100 Service (Warranty) Manager
(Fax)
905-316-4872 Service Quality Programs
905-316-4100 Service Quality Programs
(Fax)
800-661-2131 Skill Dynamics (Education)
800-565-3344 ThinkPad EasyServe
416-443-5835 Warranty Claim Fulfillment
(Fax)
905-316-2445 Warranty Claim Reimbursement
905-316-3515 Warranty Claim Reimbursement
(Fax)
416-443-5778 Warranty Claim Parts Inquiry
800-505-1855 Warranty Provider Support Hotline
800-267-7472 Warranty Service, ThinkPad

Notices
References in this publication to IBM products, programs,
or services do not imply that IBM intends to make these
available in all countries in which IBM operates. Any
reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not
intended to state or imply that only that IBM product,
program, or service may be used. Subject to IBM’s valid
intellectual property or other legally protectable rights, any
functionally equivalent product, program, or service may be
used instead of the IBM product, program, or service. The
evaluation and verification of operation in conjunction with
other products, except those expressly designated by IBM,
are the responsibility of the user.
IBM may have patents or pending patent applications

covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing
of this document does not give you any license to these
patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:
IBM Director of Licensing
IBM Corporation
500 Columbus Avenue
Thornwood, NY 10594
U.S.A.
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks or service marks of the
IBM Corporation in the United States and other countries:
AIX AT EduQuest
FaxConcentrator HelpCenter HelpClub
HelpLearn HelpFax HelpWare
IBM Micro Channel OS/2
Personal System/2 Portmaster PS/1
PS/2 PS/Note Skill Dynamics
SystemXtra ThinkPad Trackpoint
TrackPoint II XGA

The following terms are trademarks or service marks of
other companies as follows:
ActionMedia Intel Corporation

DCA Digital Communications Associates, Inc.
Intel Intel Corporation
Intel486 Intel Corporation
Lexmark Lexmark International, Inc.
Mylar E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Microsoft Microsoft Corporation
MMX Intel Corporation
PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory
Card International Association
PenDOS Communications Intelligence Corporation
PenPoint GO Corporation
Pentium Intel Corporation
PostScript Adobe Systems Incorporated
Prism Marcom Corporation
Prodigy Prodigy Services Company
QAPlus/PRO DiagSoft, Inc.
RIPL CTA Incorporated
VESA Video Electronics Standards Association
Intel and Pentium are trademarks or registered trademarks

of Intel Corporation.
Windows and the Windows NT logo are trademarks or

registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. is a
trademark of Microsoft Corporation

IBM 
Part Number: 84H8099
Printed in U.S.A.
S82G-15ð3-ð5

Manual IBM THINKPAD 760EL - ELD (9547)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual IBM THINKPAD 760EL - ELD (9547)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual IBM THINKPAD 760EL - ELD (9547)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

IBM Mobile Systems S82G-1503-05

Hardware Maintenance Manual

We Want Your Comments!

This Manual Supports:

ThinkPad 365C/CD (2625)

More user manuals on ManualsBase.com

Hardware Maintenance Manual

We Want Your Comments!

More user manuals on ManualsBase.com

Sixth Edition (March 1997)

The following paragraph does not apply to the United

This publication could include technical inaccuracies or

This publication was developed for products and services

Requests for technical information about IBM products

 Copyright International Business Machines

ii IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

The manual is divided into sections as follows:

This manual is intended for trained servicers who are

Before servicing an IBM mobile product, be sure to

Publication Part, Form Number

iv IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

Diskette Part, Form Number

ThinkPad 365 (2625) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

ThinkPad 365X, 365XD (2625) . . . . . . . . . . 91

ThinkPad 380, 380D, 385, 385D (2635) . . . . . 183

ThinkPad 560 (2640) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 vii

ThinkPad 760 (9546, 9547) . . . . . . . . . . 335

ThinkPad SelectaDock Docking System . . . . 547

Common Devices Checkout . . . . . . . . . . 591

Common Parts Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605

Miscellaneous Information . . . . . . . . . . . 609

viii IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

 Copyright IBM Corp. 1997 1

2 IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

4 IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

The following table provides compatibility information for

Diskette 1.44MB 2.88MB

The following table provides identification information for

The following table provides compatibility information for

Diskette 360KB 1.2MB

Note: A 360KB diskette written to or formatted on a

Diskette fixes are customer installable. The diskette

Advise customers to contact the PC Company

Customers in Canada should call IBM HelpPC at

FRU Replacement Strategy

Ensure that all diskette fixes are installed prior to

Use the following strategy to prevent unnecessary FRU

6 IBM Mobile Systems - ThinkPad HMM Volume 3

Hard Disk Drive Replacement Strategy:

How to Use Error Messages

How to Read POST Error Messages

The following example shows which digits display the

All SCSI devices are set to a different SCSI ID.

The following safety notices are provided in English,

Before the computer is powered-on after FRU

Avant de remettre l'ordinateur sous tension après

Bevor nach einem FRU-Austausch der Computer

Prima di accendere l'elaboratore dopo che é stata

Find the room emergency power-off (EPO) switch,